UNITED
STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended:
August 31, 2007
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period from
[ ] to
[ ]
|
Commission file number: 0-25232
APOLLO GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of
Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
ARIZONA
|
|
86-0419443
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
4615 EAST
ELWOOD STREET, PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85040
(Address
of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Registrants
telephone number, including area code:
(480) 966-5394
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Apollo Group, Inc.
Class A common stock, no par value
(Title of each
class)
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(Name of each exchange on
which registered)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. YES
o
NO
þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. YES
o
NO
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. YES
þ
NO
o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
þ
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Securities Exchange
Act). YES
o
NO
þ
No shares of Apollo Group, Inc. Class B common stock, its
voting stock, are held by non-affiliates. The holders of Apollo
Group, Inc. Class A common stock are not entitled to any
voting rights. The aggregate market value of Apollo Group
Class A common stock held by non-affiliates as of
February 28, 2007 (last day of the Registrants most
recently completed second fiscal quarter), was approximately
$6.6 billion.
The number of shares outstanding for each of the
Registrants classes of common stock as of October 10,
2007 is as follows:
|
|
|
Apollo Group, Inc. Class A common stock, no par value
|
|
166,312,000 Shares
|
Apollo Group, Inc. Class B common stock, no par value
|
|
475,000 Shares
|
Documents Incorporated by Reference: None
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
INDEX
2
Special
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(MD&A), contains certain forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than
statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements.
Such forward-looking statements include, among others, those
statements regarding future events and future results of Apollo
Group, Inc. (the Company, Apollo Group,
Apollo, APOL, we,
us or our) that are based on current
expectations, estimates, forecasts, and the beliefs and
assumptions of us and our management, and speak only as of the
date made and are not guarantees of future performance. In some
cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by
terminology such as may, will,
should, believes, expects,
anticipates, estimates,
plans, predicts, targets,
potential, continue,
objectives, or the negative of these terms or other
comparable terminology. Such forward-looking statements are
necessarily estimates based upon current information and involve
a number of risks and uncertainties. Such statements should be
viewed with caution. Actual events or results may differ
materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of a variety of factors. While it is
impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated
by us include but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the regulations of the education industry, including
those items set forth in Item 1 under the sections titled
Regulatory Environment, Accreditation,
Federal Financial Aid Programs, and State
Authorization;
|
|
|
|
each of the factors discussed in Item 1A,
Risk
Factors;
|
|
|
|
those factors set forth in Item 7; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the requirements surrounding the reports that we file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
|
The cautionary statements referred to in this section also
should be considered in connection with any subsequent written
or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or
persons acting on our behalf. We undertake no obligation to
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, or any
facts, events, or circumstances after the date hereof that may
bear upon forward-looking statements. Furthermore, we cannot
guarantee future results, events, levels of activity,
performance, or achievements.
3
Overview
Apollo Group, Inc. has been an education provider for more than
30 years, operating University of Phoenix, Inc.
(UPX), Institute for Professional Development, Inc.
(IPD), The College for Financial Planning Institutes
Corporation (CFP), Western International University,
Inc. (WIU) and Insight Schools, Inc.
(Insight), all of which are our wholly-owned
subsidiaries. We offer innovative and distinctive educational
programs and services at high school, college and graduate
levels, at 102 campuses and 157 learning centers in
40 states and the District of Columbia; Puerto Rico;
Alberta and British Columbia; Canada; Mexico; and The
Netherlands; as well as online throughout the world. Our
combined Degreed Enrollment for UPX, including Axia College, as
of August 31, 2007, was approximately 313,700. In addition,
students are enrolled in WIU, CFP and IPD Client Institutions
(as defined below), and additional non-degreed students are
enrolled in UPX. See Customers/Students in Item 1 of this
Report. Degreed Enrollments represent individual students
enrolled in our degree programs who attended a course during the
quarter and did not graduate as of the end of the quarter
(including Axia students enrolled in UPX and WIU). Degreed
Enrollments include any student who graduated from one degree
program and started a new degree program (for example, a
graduate of the associates degree program returns for a
bachelors degree or a graduate of a bachelors degree
program returns for a masters degree), as well as students
who have been out of attendance for greater than 12 months
and return to a program.
UPX has been accredited by The Higher Learning Commission
(HLC) of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools (NCA) since 1978. UPX has successfully
replicated its teaching/learning model while maintaining
educational quality at 79 local campuses and 117 learning
centers in 38 states and the District of Columbia; Puerto
Rico; Alberta and British Columbia, Canada; Mexico; and The
Netherlands. In Canada, UPX operates through Canadian subsidiary
corporations. In Mexico, UPX operates through two subsidiary
corporations. UPX also offers its educational programs worldwide
through its online educational delivery system. UPX has
customized computer programs for student tracking, marketing,
faculty recruitment and training and academic quality
management. These computer programs are intended to provide
uniformity among UPXs campuses and learning centers, which
enhances UPXs ability to expand into new markets while
maintaining academic quality. UPXs tuition revenues
represented approximately 93% of our consolidated revenues for
the year ended August 31, 2007. Axia College, which has
been a part of UPX since March 2006 (Axia was a part of WIU from
September 2004 through February 2006), offers associates
degrees in business, criminal justice, general studies, health
administration and information technology worldwide through its
computerized educational delivery system. Axia College is
designed for students with little or no college experience and
offers small classes of fewer than 20 students and
dedicated faculty who are specially trained in facilitating the
online learning experience.
WIU is accredited by HLC and currently offers undergraduate and
graduate degree programs at one campus and four learning centers
in Arizona, and, through various joint educational agreements,
in China and India.
IPD provides program development and management consulting
services to regionally accredited private colleges and
universities (Client Institutions) that are
interested in expanding or developing their programs for working
students. These services typically include degree program
design, curriculum development, market research, student
recruitment, accounting and administrative services. IPD
provides these services at 21 campuses and 36 learning centers
in 23 states in exchange for a contractual share of the
tuition revenues generated from these programs. IPDs
contracts with its Client Institutions generally range in length
from five to ten years with provisions for renewal. IPD
typically works with institutions that:
|
|
|
|
|
are interested in developing or expanding degree programs for
working students;
|
|
|
|
recognize that working students require a different
teaching/learning model than the typical 18- to
24-year-old
student;
|
|
|
|
desire to increase enrollments with a limited investment in
institutional capital; and
|
|
|
|
recognize the unmet educational needs of the working students in
their market.
|
4
CFP provides financial planning education programs, including
the Certified Financial Planner Professional Education
Program
tm
Certification; graduate degree programs in financial planning,
financial analysis, and finance; and certification programs in
retirement, asset management, and other financial planning
areas. CFP offers these programs through its campus in Colorado
and also offers some of its non-degree programs at UPX campuses.
CFP is accredited by HLC and is a member of the NCA.
On October 20, 2006, we completed the acquisition of
Insight. Insight operates an online high school and engages in
the business of servicing cyber high schools and providing other
online education. We acquired all of the outstanding common
stock of Insight for $15.5 million. This acquisition allows
us to expand into the online charter high school market, some of
whose graduates are expected to enroll in UPX.
On August 8, 2007, we announced our intention to acquire
online advertising network Aptimus, Inc. (Nasdaq: APTM) for
$6.25 per share in an all-cash transaction valued at
approximately $47.6 million. This acquisition will help us
increase the effectiveness and efficiency of our online
advertising directed at increasing awareness of and access to
quality education services. The closing of the acquisition is
subject to customary closing conditions, including Aptimus
shareholder approval. The acquisition is expected to close in
early fiscal 2008, after Aptimus shareholder meeting
scheduled for October 29, 2007.
On October 22, 2007, we formed a joint venture with The
Carlyle Group (Carlyle), called Apollo Global, Inc.
(Apollo Global) to pursue investments in the
international education services sector. Carlyle, based in
Washington D.C., is one of the worlds largest and most
prestigious private equity firms, managing over $76 billion
in assets for over 1,000 institutional investors, including
several of the largest pension funds in the U.S. Through
Apollo Global, we intend to capitalize on the high global demand
for education services. Apollo Global will provide education
services through two primary strategies. First, Apollo Global
will continue to provide our wide range of U.S. accredited
degrees to foreign students outside the U.S. Second, Apollo
Global will provide local education services, including
post-secondary degrees, in the countries it seeks to enter.
These capabilities will be achieved through both a disciplined
acquisition process and organic growth.
Apollo Global will utilize the portfolio of our core
competencies while leveraging Carlyles education industry
and political relationships, and strategic assets across the
global education sector. Combining Carlyles global
footprint with our educational expertise and Apollo
Globals local, in-country expertise will
assist in sourcing acquisitions, facilitate due diligence for
new investment opportunities and enhance the opportunity for
organic growth. Investments by Apollo Global will likely include
a range of structures, including minority investments,
50
/
50
partnerships, and controlling acquisitions.
The decision to create Apollo Global was driven by the following
factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Attractive demographics and economic growth in the targeted
international markets, primarily Latin America and Asia.
According to World Bank estimates, there will be over
175 million post-secondary students outside the
U.S. by the year 2035;
|
|
|
|
Strong foreign demand for and high value placed on the
U.S. educational system;
|
|
|
|
The ability to leverage our 30+ years of experience in providing
education services, and transfer this expertise to companies
that are acquired or developed in foreign markets;
|
|
|
|
Increasing U.S. barriers to foreign students seeking entry
visas to study in the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
The opportunity to benefit from our leading technology platform
by offering our online products and services in new markets, and
by making this technology and online delivery platform available
to companies that we acquire;
|
|
|
|
The opportunity to diversify through the acquisition and
development of new businesses and brands; and
|
|
|
|
A desire to mitigate economic and geographic risk associated
with a primarily domestic business.
|
We have agreed that, within approximately 18 months, all of
our education-related activities directed toward students who
live outside the U.S. and who are not citizens of the
U.S. or members of the U.S. military will be conducted
through Apollo Global. We have agreed to commit up to
$801 million in cash or contributed assets and
5
own 80.1% of Apollo Global. Carlyle has agreed to commit up to
$199 million in cash or contributed assets and own the
remaining 19.9%. Additionally, conservative amounts of debt will
be employed, as appropriate. The Board of Apollo Global will
consist of seven directors, four of whom will be designated by
us and two of whom will be designated by Carlyle. The seventh
director will be the President of Apollo Global. Additionally,
10 to 15% of the value of the equity will be available to
provide incentives for management of Apollo Global. Apollo
Global will be consolidated in our financial statements.
Our operating segments are currently aggregated into three
reportable segments for financial reporting purposes: UPX, Other
Schools, and Corporate. The Other Schools segment includes IPD,
WIU, CFP, and Insight. The following table presents the revenue
for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 for each
of our segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
$
|
2,537.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,074.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,014.1
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
184.6
|
|
|
|
402.1
|
|
|
|
235.2
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, net
|
|
$
|
2,723.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,477.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,251.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. We
experience, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal
fluctuations in our results of operations as a result of changes
in the level of student enrollments. While we enroll students
throughout the year, second quarter (December through February)
enrollments and related revenues generally are lower than other
quarters due to holiday breaks in December and January. We
experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments in August of
each year when most other colleges and universities begin their
fall semesters.
We incorporated in Arizona in 1981 and maintain our principal
executive offices at 4615 East Elwood Street, Phoenix, Arizona
85040. Our telephone number is
(480) 966-5394.
Our website addresses are as follows:
|
|
|
Apollo Group
|
|
www.apollogrp.edu
|
UPX
|
|
www.phoenix.edu
|
IPD
|
|
www.ipd.org
|
WIU
|
|
www.wintu.edu
|
Axia College
|
|
www.axia.phoenix.edu
|
CFP
|
|
www.cffp.edu
|
Insight
|
|
www.insightschools.net
|
Our fiscal year is from September 1 to August 31. Unless
otherwise stated, references to the years 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004
and 2003 relate to the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007,
2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Industry
Background
The non-traditional education market is a significant and
growing component of the post-secondary education market, which
is estimated by the U.S. Department of Education to be a
more than $373.0 billion industry. According to the
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education
Statistics, over 6.8 million, or 39%, of all students
enrolled in higher education programs are over the age of 24. A
large percentage of these students would not be classified as
traditional (i.e., living on campus, supported by parents and
not working). The non-traditional students typically are looking
to improve their skills and enhance their earnings potential
within the context of their careers. Between 2002 and 2014, the
percentage of 18- to
24-year-old
students in the U.S. is expected to increase 16%. The market for
non-traditional education should continue to increase,
reflecting the rapidly expanding knowledge-based economy.
Many working students seek accredited degree programs that
provide flexibility to accommodate the fixed schedules and time
commitments associated with their professional and personal
obligations. The education formats offered by our institutions
enable working students to attend classes and complete
coursework on a more convenient schedule than traditional
universities offer. Many universities and institutions offering
technology-based
6
education do not effectively address the unique requirements of
working students due to the following specific constraints:
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional universities and colleges were designed to fulfill
the educational needs of conventional, full-time students
ages 18 to 24, and that market segment remains the primary
focus of these universities and institutions. This focus has
resulted in a capital-intensive teaching/learning model that may
be characterized by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a high percentage of full-time, tenured faculty;
|
|
|
|
physically configured library facilities and related full-time
staff;
|
|
|
|
dormitories, student unions and other significant plant assets
to support the needs of younger students; and
|
|
|
|
an emphasis on research and related laboratories, staff and
other facilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The majority of accredited colleges and universities continue to
provide the bulk of their educational programming on an agrarian
calendar with time off for traditional breaks. The academic year
generally runs from September to mid-December and from
mid-January to May. As a result, most full-time faculty members
only teach during that limited period of time. While this
structure may serve the needs of the full-time resident, 18- to
24-year-old
student, it limits the educational opportunity for working
students who must delay their education for up to four months
during these spring, summer and winter breaks.
|
|
|
|
Traditional universities and colleges may also be limited in
their ability to market to, or provide the necessary customer
service for, working students because they require the
development of additional administrative and enrollment
infrastructure.
|
|
|
|
Diminishing financial support for public colleges and
universities has required them to focus more tightly on their
existing student populations and missions, which has made access
to public education more restrictive than ever.
|
We believe that our track record for enrollment and revenue
growth is attributable to our offering comprehensive services
combining quality educational content, teaching resources and
customer service with formats that are accessible and easy to
use for students as well as corporate clients. We maintain a
primary focus on providing quality education to serve the needs
of working students.
Our
Offerings
Our over
30-year
history as a provider of higher education for working students
enables us to provide students with quality education and
responsive customer service. Our institutions have gained
expertise in designing curriculum, recruiting and training
faculty, monitoring academic quality and providing a high level
of support services to students that allows our institutions to
offer the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Accredited Degree Programs.
UPX, WIU, and CFP
are accredited by HLC of the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools. While IPD itself is not accredited, one of
the regional accrediting associations accredits the Client
Institutions of IPD at their respective levels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experienced Faculty Resources.
All of our
faculty possess either a masters or doctoral degree. On
average, UPX faculty have more than 10 years of experience
in the field in which they instruct. Our institutions have
well-developed methods for hiring and training faculty, which
include peer reviews of newly hired instructors by other members
of the faculty, training in grading and instructing students,
and a teaching mentorship with a more experienced faculty
member. Classes are designed to be small and engaging. Faculty
members at Axia are also required to be accessible to students
by maintaining online office hours.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current and Relevant Standardized
Programs.
Faculty content experts design
curriculum for the majority of programs at our institutions.
This enables us to offer current and relevant standardized
programs to our students. We also utilize institution-wide
systems to assess the educational outcomes of our students and
improve the quality of our curriculum and instructional model.
These systems evaluate the cognitive (subject
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
matter) and affective (educational, personal and professional
values) skills of our students upon registration and upon
conclusion of the program, and also survey students two years
after graduation in order to assess the quality of the education
they received.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits to Employers.
The employers of
students enrolled at our institutions often provide input to
faculty members in designing curriculum, and class projects are
typically based on issues relevant to the companies that employ
our students. Classes are taught by faculty members who
emphasize the skills desired by employers. In addition, the
class time flexibility further benefits employers since it
avoids conflict with their employees work schedules.
|
Strategy
Our primary mission is to strengthen our position as a leading
provider of high quality, accessible education for individuals
around the world by affording strong returns for all of our
stakeholders: students, employees, and investors. Our primary
focus is providing the highest quality educational product and
services for our students in order for them to maximize the
benefits of their educational experience. A superior educational
experience, combined with engaged and energized faculty and
employees, should, in turn, enable our shareholders to achieve
strong returns on their capital over time.
In light of the changes in our senior management team in 2007,
we have committed to a strategic plan to best ensure the
effective deployment of our resources and our capital. An
outline of the plan is presented below which, we believe, is
consistent with our stated mission of providing strong returns
for all of our stakeholders.
|
|
|
|
|
Maximize the value of our core existing
operations.
This is our number one strategic goal
over the next several years. This includes enhancing and
expanding our current product offerings, improving student
success rates, and maximizing the leverage of our existing
infrastructure. We believe that we can increase our leading
market position and produce solid top- and bottom-line organic
growth through formalizing and sharing best practices in
instruction, curriculum, and student support across our existing
learning platforms. In addition, we will continue to explore new
degree offerings and complementary programs.
|
|
|
|
Explore opportunities to expand our footprint into attractive
and rapidly growing international markets.
We
believe that there is a growing need for high quality
post-secondary education in several key geographies around the
world, including Latin America, Asia and India, and that we have
capabilities and expertise that can be useful in providing these
services beyond our current reach. We intend to explore quality
opportunities to partner with
and/or
acquire existing institutions of higher learning where we can
best position ourselves for longer-term attractive growth and
value creation by leveraging our more than 30 years of
domestic experience to enhance the quality, delivery, and
student outcomes associated with the respective curricula.
|
|
|
|
Leverage our existing infrastructure to expand our virtual
high school platform as we seek public school charter
recognition in those 21 states currently allowing virtual
charter schools.
We intend to further expand the
platform into the remaining states through a private school
model over time.
|
|
|
|
Employ a disciplined approach to our capital structure and
redeployment of our excess cash flow.
We will
continue to invest capital in our high-return core domestic
business, explore strategic and value-creating global
acquisition opportunities, and enhance our shareholder value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Improve our image and recognition in the communities we serve
by performing as a responsible corporate citizen, contributing
to our many local communities, and supporting environmentally
sound business practices.
|
Our goal over time is to generate mid-to-high single-digit
domestic revenue growth and low double-digit domestic operating
income and free cash flow growth.
Teaching/Learning
Model
The teaching/learning models used by UPX, IPD Client
Institutions and WIU were designed specifically to meet the
educational needs of working students. The models are structured
to enable students who are employed
8
full-time to earn their degrees and still meet their personal
and professional responsibilities. Students attend weekly
classes. In addition at UPX (excluding Axia College), students
also meet weekly as part of a three- to five-person learning
team. Learning team sessions are an integral part of each UPX
course. They facilitate in-depth review of and reflection on
course materials. Members work together to complete assigned
group projects and develop communication and teamwork skills.
Courses are designed to facilitate the application of knowledge
and skills to the workplace and are taught by faculty members
who possess advanced degrees and have professional experience in
business, industry, government, or other professions. In this
way, faculty members are able to share their professional
knowledge and skills with the students.
Components of our teaching/learning models include:
|
|
|
Curriculum
|
|
Curriculum is designed by teams of academicians and
practitioners to integrate academic theory and professional
practice and their application to the workplace. The curriculum
provides for the achievement of specified educational outcomes
that are based on input from faculty, students and
students employers. The standardized curriculum for each
degree program is also designed to provide students with
specified levels of knowledge and skills.
|
|
Faculty
|
|
In order to teach at UPX, faculty applicants must have earned a
masters or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited
institution or international equivalents and have recent
professional experience in a field related to the subject matter
they seek to instruct. All faculty applicants participate in a
rigorous selection and training process.
|
|
Active Learning Environment
|
|
Courses are designed to encourage and facilitate collaboration
among students and interaction with the instructor. The
curriculum requires a high level of student participation for
purposes of enhancing learning and increasing the students
ability to work as part of a team.
|
|
Library and Other Learning Resource Services
|
|
Students and faculty members are provided with electronic and
other learning resources for their information and research
needs. Students access these services directly through the
Internet or with the help of a Learning Resource Services
research librarian, and use them at a high rate.
|
|
Sequential Enrollment
|
|
UPX students are enrolled in five- to eight-week courses year
round and complete classes sequentially, rather than
concurrently. This permits students to focus their attentions
and resources on one subject at a time and creates a better
balance between learning and ongoing personal and professional
responsibilities. Axia College students are enrolled in
nine-week courses that are offered in pairs to complement each
other. In Axia College, courses rotate their emphasis; one week
they will emphasize reading and discussion, while the following
week they will emphasize a work project.
|
|
Academic Quality
|
|
The Academic Quality Management System at UPX was designed to
maintain and improve the quality of programs and academic and
student services. This system includes the Adult Learning
Outcomes Assessment, which measures student growth in both
cognitive and affective skills.
|
Structural
Components of Teaching/Learning Model
While students over the age of 24 comprise approximately 39% of
all higher education enrollments in the United States, the
mission of most accredited four-year colleges and universities
is to serve 18- to
24-year-old
students and conduct research. UPX, WIU, CFP and IPD Client
Institutions acknowledge the differences in
9
educational needs between working students and traditional
students and provide programs and services that allow students
to earn their degrees without major disruption to their personal
and professional lives.
The educational literature suggests that working students
require a different teaching/learning model than that designed
for traditional students. Working students seek accessibility,
curriculum consistency, time- and cost-effectiveness and
learning that has immediate application to the workplace.
The facilitating elements of our teaching/learning models
include:
|
|
|
Accessibility
|
|
Academic programs that may be accessed through a variety of
delivery modes (campus-based, electronically delivered, or a
blend of both) that make the educational programs accessible and
even portable, regardless of where the students work and live.
|
|
Instructional Costs
|
|
While the majority of the faculty members at most accredited
colleges and universities are employed full-time in the winter
and fall semesters, our faculty comprises both full-time and
part-time practitioner faculty. Practitioner faculty members
frequently work full-time in the fields in which they teach.
|
|
Facility Costs
|
|
We lease our campus and learning center facilities and rent
additional classroom space on a short-term basis to accommodate
growth in enrollments.
|
|
Employed Students
|
|
A majority of UPXs students are employed full-time. Our
focus on working, non-residential students minimizes the need
for capital-intensive facilities and services like dormitories,
student unions, food services, personal and employment
counseling, health care, sports and entertainment.
|
|
Employer Support
|
|
Relationships are fostered with key employers for purposes of
recruiting students and responding to specific employer needs.
This relationship facilitates sensitivity to the needs and
perceptions of employers and helps to generate and sustain
diverse sources of revenues.
|
Degree
Programs and Services
UPX Programs.
The following is a list of the
degree programs and related areas of specialization that UPX
offers:
Associate of Arts
|
|
|
|
|
Criminal Justice
|
|
|
Human Services Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Financial Services
|
|
|
Hospitality, Travel and Tourism
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Recognition (Military personnel only)
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elementary Education
|
|
|
Paraprofessional Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health Care Administration
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
Communications
|
|
|
Psychology
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information Technology
|
|
|
Information Technology/Networking
|
|
|
Information Technology/Visual Communication
|
Undergraduate Bachelor of Science
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting
|
|
|
Administration
|
|
|
Communications
|
|
|
e-Business
|
|
|
Finance
|
|
|
Global Business Management
|
|
|
Hospitality Management
|
|
|
Information Systems
|
|
|
Integrated Supply Chain & Operations Management
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Marketing
|
|
|
Organizational Innovation
|
|
|
Public Administration
|
|
|
Retail Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
Education/Elementary Teacher Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health Administration
|
|
|
Health Administration/Health Information Systems
|
|
|
Health Administration/Long-Term Care
|
|
|
|
|
|
Licensed Practical Nurse to Bachelor of Science in Nursing
|
|
|
RN to Bachelor of Science in Nursing
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social & Behavioral Science
|
|
|
|
|
|
Criminal Justice Administration
|
|
|
Human Services
|
|
|
Human Services/Management
|
|
|
Organizational Security & Management
|
|
|
Psychology
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information Technology
|
|
|
Information Technology/Information System Security
|
|
|
Information Technology/Multimedia and Visual Communication
|
|
|
Information Technology/Software Engineering
|
Graduate
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Business Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting
|
|
|
Global Management
|
|
|
Global Management (Spanish)
|
|
|
Human Resources Management
|
|
|
Health Care Management
|
|
|
Marketing
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
Public Administration
|
|
|
Technology Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Business Administration (Spanish)
|
|
|
Master of Management International
|
|
|
Master of Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
Human Resources Management
|
|
|
Public Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Science in Accountancy
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Arts in Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curriculum and Instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specialization in Computer Education
|
|
|
Specialization in English as a Second Language
|
|
|
Specialization in Language Arts
|
|
|
Specialization in Mathematics
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teacher Education / Early Childhood
|
|
|
Teacher Education / Elementary
|
|
|
Teacher Education / Secondary
|
|
|
Administration and Supervision
|
|
|
Adult Education and Training
|
|
|
Special Education
|
|
|
Alternative Certification (Arizona)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Business Administration/Health Care Management
|
|
|
Master of Health Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gerontology
|
|
|
Health Care Education
|
|
|
Health Care Informatics
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Science in Nursing
|
|
|
|
|
|
HC Informatics
|
|
|
Nursing/Health Care Education
|
|
|
Family Nurse Practitioner
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Science in Nursing/Master of Health Administration
|
|
|
Family Nurse Practitioner Post Masters Certificate
|
|
|
MSN / Nurse Practitioner Fast Track
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social & Behavioral Science
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Science in Counseling
|
|
|
|
|
|
Community Counseling
|
|
|
Marriage and Family Counseling
|
|
|
Marriage and Family Therapy
|
|
|
Marriage, Family and Child Therapy
|
|
|
Mental Health Counseling
|
|
|
School Counseling
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Science in Psychology
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Science in Criminal Justice
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administration of Justice and Security
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Business Administration/Technology Management
|
|
|
Master of Information Systems
|
|
|
Master of Information Systems/Management
|
Doctorate
12
|
|
|
|
|
Business Administration
|
|
|
Management in Organizational Leadership
|
|
|
|
|
|
Education in Educational Leadership
|
|
|
Education in Educational Leadership with a Specialization in
Curriculum and Instruction
|
|
|
Education in Educational Leadership/Educational Technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management in Organizational Leadership with a Specialization in
Information Systems and Technology
|
Undergraduate students may demonstrate and document
college-level learning gained from experience through an
assessment by faculty members, according to the guidelines of
the Council for Adult and Experiential Learning
(CAEL), for the potential award of credit. The
average number of credits awarded to the approximately 2,500 UPX
undergraduate students who utilized the process in 2007 was 5
credits of the 120 required to graduate with a bachelors
degree. CAEL reports that over 300 colleges and universities are
members of CAEL and currently accept credits awarded for
college-level learning gained through experience.
Distance
Education
UPX Online.
UPX Online uses a proprietary
Online Learning System for class delivery. Online classes are
small and have mandatory participation requirements for both the
faculty and the students. Each class is instructionally designed
so that students have an experience that is consistent with
their ground campus counterparts. Convenience is enhanced by
asynchronous and mobile communication. All class materials are
delivered electronically.
The teaching/learning model is based upon a philosophy that
balances cognitive and affective strategies. The cognitive
strategy includes content that is relevant and supports
outcomes-driven objectives. An assessment plan is used to
determine student learning and provide information to make
improvements to the curriculum. The affective strategy includes
facilitation by trained instructors, collaboration through
learning team assignments in upper division courses, online
student services, proactive academic counseling, tutoring in
selected courses, and class discussion that creates a peer
social context. The learning outcomes balance theoretical
knowledge and practical application of those concepts.
Practitioner faculty facilitate learning by providing
explanation and work experience examples as they relate to the
course topics and objectives.
13
Customers/Students
The following is a breakdown of our Degreed Enrollment
information for UPX, including Axia College, (rounded to the
nearest hundred):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number and Percentage of Students per Degree Program
|
|
Quarter Ended:
|
|
Associates
|
|
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
Masters
|
|
|
Doctoral
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
November 30, 2003
|
|
|
3,200
|
|
|
|
1.6%
|
|
|
|
139,200
|
|
|
|
67.9%
|
|
|
|
61,300
|
|
|
|
29.9%
|
|
|
|
1,400
|
|
|
|
0.7%
|
|
|
|
205,100
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
February 29, 2004
|
|
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
1.7%
|
|
|
|
146,700
|
|
|
|
67.9%
|
|
|
|
63,800
|
|
|
|
29.6%
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
0.8%
|
|
|
|
215,900
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
May 31, 2004
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
1.9%
|
|
|
|
154,300
|
|
|
|
68.5%
|
|
|
|
64,700
|
|
|
|
28.7%
|
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
0.9%
|
|
|
|
225,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
August 31, 2004
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
1.7%
|
|
|
|
164,500
|
|
|
|
69.0%
|
|
|
|
67,600
|
|
|
|
28.4%
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
238,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
November 30, 2004
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
|
5.4%
|
|
|
|
162,500
|
|
|
|
65.5%
|
|
|
|
69,700
|
|
|
|
28.1%
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
248,200
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
February 28, 2005
|
|
|
23,400
|
|
|
|
9.1%
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
|
|
|
62.4%
|
|
|
|
70,400
|
|
|
|
27.5%
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
256,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
May 31, 2005
|
|
|
34,800
|
|
|
|
13.0%
|
|
|
|
161,600
|
|
|
|
60.2%
|
|
|
|
69,200
|
|
|
|
25.8%
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
268,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
August 31, 2005
|
|
|
41,700
|
|
|
|
15.4%
|
|
|
|
157,800
|
|
|
|
58.1%
|
|
|
|
68,900
|
|
|
|
25.4%
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
1.1%
|
|
|
|
271,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
November 30, 2005
|
|
|
49,000
|
|
|
|
18.2%
|
|
|
|
149,200
|
|
|
|
55.4%
|
|
|
|
68,000
|
|
|
|
25.2%
|
|
|
|
3,200
|
|
|
|
1.2%
|
|
|
|
269,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
54,900
|
|
|
|
20.3%
|
|
|
|
145,500
|
|
|
|
53.7%
|
|
|
|
66,700
|
|
|
|
24.6%
|
|
|
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
1.4%
|
|
|
|
270,800
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
May 31, 2006
|
|
|
63,600
|
|
|
|
22.9%
|
|
|
|
145,200
|
|
|
|
52.4%
|
|
|
|
64,500
|
|
|
|
23.3%
|
|
|
|
3,900
|
|
|
|
1.4%
|
|
|
|
277,200
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
August 31, 2006
|
|
|
74,000
|
|
|
|
26.2%
|
|
|
|
140,700
|
|
|
|
49.8%
|
|
|
|
63,400
|
|
|
|
22.5%
|
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
|
|
1.5%
|
|
|
|
282,300
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
November 30, 2006
|
|
|
83,000
|
|
|
|
28.4%
|
|
|
|
139,900
|
|
|
|
47.9%
|
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
22.1%
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
1.6%
|
|
|
|
291,800
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
February 28, 2007
|
|
|
88,300
|
|
|
|
29.6%
|
|
|
|
139,300
|
|
|
|
46.7%
|
|
|
|
66,100
|
|
|
|
22.2%
|
|
|
|
4,700
|
|
|
|
1.5%
|
|
|
|
298,400
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
98,600
|
|
|
|
31.7%
|
|
|
|
141,400
|
|
|
|
45.5%
|
|
|
|
66,200
|
|
|
|
21.3%
|
|
|
|
4,900
|
|
|
|
1.5%
|
|
|
|
311,100
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
August 31, 2007
|
|
|
104,500
|
|
|
|
33.3%
|
|
|
|
138,700
|
|
|
|
44.2%
|
|
|
|
65,300
|
|
|
|
20.8%
|
|
|
|
5,200
|
|
|
|
1.7%
|
|
|
|
313,700
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
Degreed Enrollments represent individual students enrolled in
our degree programs at UPX, including Axia College, that
attended a course during the quarter and did not graduate as of
the end of the quarter (including Axia students enrolled in UPX
and WIU). Degreed Enrollments include any student who graduated
from one degree program and started a new degree program (for
example, a graduate of the associates degree program
returns for a bachelors degree or a graduate of a
bachelors degree program returns for a masters
degree), as well as students who have been out of attendance for
greater than 12 months and return to a program.
In recent years, we have experienced our greatest growth in our
associates degree programs with a corresponding decrease
in our bachelors degree programs. This is due to the fact
that UPX has expanded its degree program offerings such that
students who were previously enrolled in bachelors degree
programs are now frequently enrolled in associates degree
programs.
Based on surveys of incoming students during 2007, the average
age of UPXs students is in the early thirties, and
approximately 65% are women. We have a diverse student
population and have experienced growth in the number and
percentage of
African-American
students. As of August 31, 2007, our student population is
composed of the following racial/ethnic groups:
|
|
|
|
|
Race/Ethnicity
|
|
% of Students
|
|
|
African-American
|
|
|
26.3
|
%
|
Asian/Pacific Islander
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
Caucasian
|
|
|
52.9
|
%
|
Hispanic
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Native American/Alaskan
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Other/Unknown
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
The approximate age percentage distribution of incoming UPX
students is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Age
|
|
% of Students
|
|
|
22 and under
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
23 to 29
|
|
|
32.8
|
%
|
30 to 39
|
|
|
33.8
|
%
|
40 to 49
|
|
|
17.2
|
%
|
50 and over
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
We also work closely with businesses and governmental agencies
to meet their specific needs either by modifying existing
programs or, in some cases, by developing customized programs.
These programs are often held at the employers offices or
on-site
at
select military bases. UPX has also formed educational
partnerships with various corporations to provide programs
specifically designed for their employees.
We consider the employers that provide tuition assistance to
their employees through tuition reimbursement plans or direct
bill arrangements our secondary customers.
Marketing
To generate interest among potential students, we engage in a
broad range of activities to inform the public about our
teaching/learning model and the programs offered. These
activities include:
Internet Marketing.
We advertise extensively
on the Internet using search placements, banners and other
advertisements on targeted sites, such as education portals. We
also benefit from an increasing number of non-paid Internet
referrals, including leads directed to our domain names as a
result of Web searches using Internet search engines. We believe
these prospective students are more likely to enroll because
these prospects are actively seeking information about our
programs.
On August 8, 2007, we announced our intention to acquire
online advertising network Aptimus, Inc. (Nasdaq: APTM) for
$6.25 per share in an all-cash transaction valued at
approximately $47.6 million. This acquisition will help us
increase the effectiveness and efficiency of our online
advertising directed at increasing awareness of and access to
quality education services. The closing of the acquisition is
subject to customary closing conditions, including Aptimus
shareholder approval. The acquisition is expected to close in
early fiscal 2008, after Aptimus shareholder meeting
scheduled for October 29, 2007.
Direct Mail.
Direct mail is effective at
reaching working individuals that express an interest in
training, education and self-improvement. Direct mail also
enables us to target specific career fields, such as Accounting,
Business, Education, Information Technology, Criminal Justice
and Nursing. We can also reach specific metro areas for local
marketing efforts using direct mail. We currently purchase
education-related mailing lists from numerous suppliers that
specialize in this area. In addition, we track leads for every
direct mail campaign by allowing potential students the
opportunity to respond using the following methods:
|
|
|
|
|
mailing a postage-paid reply card or envelope;
|
|
|
|
calling us at a specific toll-free number; or
|
|
|
|
directing the potential student to one of our specific URL
addresses on the Internet that are used to track individual
marketing campaigns for reach and effectiveness.
|
Print and Broadcast.
We rely on print and
broadcast advertising to target new prospects and to assist with
building brand recognition.
TV Campaign.
We employ various schedules on
network cable and local and national TV for a brand awareness
campaign to supplement our other advertising activities.
15
Stadium Naming Rights.
We obtained the naming
rights on the University of Phoenix Stadium in Glendale,
Arizona, which is home to the Arizona Cardinals National
Football League football club. The naming rights include
signage, advertising, and other promotional benefits to enhance
our brand awareness locally and nationally.
Re-Marketing.
Re-marketing efforts include
direct mail, telephone and
e-mail
sent
to existing leads in our database. Re-marketing is an important
part of our marketing campaign because of our growing database
of qualified prospects and their changing needs for education
programs.
Referrals.
Referrals continue to be an
important source of new students, including those from
employers, co-workers, current students, alumni, family members
and friends.
Competition
The higher education market is highly fragmented and competitive
with no private or public institution enjoying a significant
market share. We compete primarily with four-year and two-year
degree-granting public and private regionally accredited
colleges and universities. Many of these colleges and
universities enroll working students in addition to the
traditional 18- to
24-year-old
students. We expect that these colleges and universities will
continue to modify their existing programs to serve working
students more effectively. In addition, many colleges and
universities have announced various distance education
initiatives.
We believe that the competitive factors in the higher education
market include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
reliable and high-quality products and services;
|
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty;
|
|
|
|
the ability to provide easy and convenient access to programs
and classes;
|
|
|
|
cost of the program;
|
|
|
|
reputation of programs, classes and services; and
|
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree.
|
In our offerings of non-degree programs, we compete with a
variety of business and information technology providers,
primarily those in the for-profit training sector. Many of these
competitors have significantly more market share in given
geographical regions and longer-term relationships with key
customers.
Employees
As of August 31, 2007, we had the following numbers of
employees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Faculty
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Full-Time
|
|
|
Part-Time
|
|
|
Faculty(1)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Apollo Group Corporate(2)
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,423
|
|
UPX
|
|
|
12,447
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
21,302
|
(3)
|
|
|
33,838
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
397
|
(3)
|
|
|
1,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,593
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
21,699
|
|
|
|
36,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes both full-time and part-time faculty.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists primarily of employees in executive management,
information systems, corporate accounting, financial aid, and
human resources.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of faculty contracted on a
course-by-course
or subject-matter basis who have instructed a course during
fiscal year 2007.
|
We consider our relations with our employees to be good.
16
Regulatory
Environment
The Higher Education Act of 1965, as reauthorized (the
Higher Education Act), and the related regulations
govern all higher education institutions participating in
Title IV programs. The Higher Education Act mandates
specific additional regulatory responsibilities for each of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the accrediting agencies recognized by the U.S. Department
of Education;
|
|
|
|
the federal government through the U.S. Department of
Education; and
|
|
|
|
state higher education regulatory bodies.
|
All higher education institutions participating in Title IV
programs must be accredited by an association recognized by the
U.S. Department of Education. The U.S. Department of
Education reviews all participating institutions for compliance
with all applicable standards and regulations under the Higher
Education Act.
New or revised interpretations of regulatory requirements could
have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, changes in or
new interpretations of applicable laws, rules, or regulations
could have a material adverse effect on the accreditation,
authorization to operate in various states, permissible
activities and costs of doing business of UPX and WIU. The
failure to maintain or renew any required regulatory approvals,
accreditation, or state authorizations by UPX or WIU could have
a material adverse effect on us. See Item 1A
Risk Factors Risks Related to the Highly
Regulated Industry in Which We Operate.
Accreditation
UPX, WIU and CFP are covered by regional accreditation, which
provides the following:
|
|
|
|
|
recognition and acceptance by employers, other higher education
institutions and governmental entities of the degrees and
credits earned by students;
|
|
|
|
qualification to participate in Title IV programs; and
|
|
|
|
qualification for authorization in certain states.
|
Regional accreditation is accepted nationally as the basis for
the recognition of earned credit and degrees for academic
purposes, employment, professional licensure and, in some
states, authorization to operate as a degree-granting
institution. Under the terms of a reciprocity agreement among
the six senior regional accrediting associations,
representatives of each region in which a regionally accredited
institution operates may participate in the evaluations for
reaffirmation of accreditation of which the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools is a member.
UPX was granted accreditation by HLC in 1978. UPXs
accreditation was reaffirmed in 1982, 1987, 1992, 1997 and 2002.
The next comprehensive evaluation visit by HLC is scheduled to
be conducted in 2012. This
10-year
period is the maximum period of reaffirmation granted by HLC and
we believe reflects their confidence in UPX.
CFP received initial accreditation from HLC of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools in November 1994, three
years prior to its acquisition by us. Such accreditation was
based upon CFPs offering the Master of Science degree in
Personal Financial Planning. In 2003, HLC extended approval to
CFP to offer Master of Science degrees in Financial Analysis and
Finance. All Master of Science programs are offered through
online, instructor-led distance learning technology. CFPs
accreditation was reaffirmed in 1998 and 2004. The next
reaffirmation visit is scheduled in 2011.
WIU was accredited by HLC prior to the acquisition by us, and
the accreditation was reaffirmed in 1998 and 2005. WIUs
next reaffirmation visit will occur in 2012.
Programs offered by IPD Client Institutions are evaluated by the
Client Institutions respective regional accrediting
associations either as part of a reaffirmation visit or a
focused evaluation visit.
UPXs Bachelor of Science in Nursing program received
program accreditation from the National League for Nursing
Accrediting Commission in 1989. The Master of Science in Nursing
program earned the National League for Nursing Accrediting
Commission accreditation in 1996. In 2000, both the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing and
17
the Master of Science in Nursing programs received
reaccreditation status from the National League for Nursing
Accreditation Commission. In September 2005, both nursing degree
programs received the full five-year initial accreditation
status from the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education. At
the time that the two degree programs were accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, UPX elected not to
renew its accreditation with the National League for Nursing
Accrediting Commission.
UPXs Master of Counseling in Community Counseling degree
received initial accreditation for its Phoenix and Tucson
campuses from the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and
Related Educational Programs (CACREP) in 1995, and
the accreditation was reaffirmed in 2002. The next reaffirmation
visit is expected in 2010. UPXs Master of Counseling in
Mental Health Counseling received initial accreditation from
CACREP for its Utah campus in 2001, and the next reaffirmation
visit is expected in 2008.
UPXs business programs have been reviewed and accredited
by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
(ACBSP). The next reaffirmation visit will occur in
2017, with an interim focus report submitted in 2011.
UPX received approval from HLC to offer its first doctoral-level
program in 1998. The first students were enrolled in the Doctor
of Management in Organizational Leadership program beginning in
1999. Additionally, in 2002, UPX received approval from HLC to
offer three new doctoral programs: Doctor of Business
Administration, Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership
and Doctor of Health Administration. All of the doctoral
programs are offered via distance learning technology with
annual residencies in Phoenix and other domestic or select
international locations.
In September 2007, the first two Ph.D. programs were approved by
HLC: a Ph.D. in Higher Education Administration, and a Ph.D. in
Industrial/Organizational Psychology; these programs are now
awaiting various state authorizations prior to initial
enrollments.
The address and phone number for the accrediting bodies are as
follows:
The Higher Learning Commission
30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400
Chicago, IL
60602-2504
(312) 263-0456
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 530
Washington, D.C. 20036
(202) 887-6791
CACREP
5999 Stevenson Avenue
Alexandria, VA 22304
(703) 823-9800
ext. 301
ACBSP
7007 College Boulevard, Suite 420
Overland Park, KS 66211
(913) 339-9356
Jurisdictional
Authorizations
UPX is authorized to operate in the 38 states and the
District of Columbia in which it has a physical presence. UPX
has held these authorizations for periods ranging from less than
one year to over 25 years. UPX has also been approved to
operate in Alaska, Delaware, Montana and South Dakota, but does
not yet have a physical presence in these states. Applications
for approval to operate in Mississippi and New York have been
submitted and are awaiting approval.
18
All regionally accredited institutions, including UPX, are
required to be evaluated separately for authorization to operate
in Puerto Rico. UPX obtained authorization from the Puerto Rico
Commission on Higher Education, and that authorization remains
in effect.
UPX provides specific programs in British Columbia under the
written consent of the Minister of Advanced Education. UPX
operates in Alberta pursuant to approval granted by Alberta
Advanced Education.
In Rotterdam, The Netherlands, UPX operates based upon its
accreditation from HLC.
In Mexico, the UPX subsidiary operates as the
Instituto de
Estudios Superiores de Phoenix
and, in addition to the
Instituto
s degrees, UPX grants degrees to
Instituto
graduates pursuant to an articulation agreement
between UPX and the
Instituto
. The Instituto de Estudios
Superiores de Phoenix has received accreditation from the
Ministry of Education and Culture for the State of Chihuahua,
Mexico and operates a campus in Juarez, Mexico pursuant to that
authority.
CFP is currently authorized to operate in Colorado.
WIU is currently authorized to operate in Arizona.
IPD Client Institutions possess authorization to operate in
those states in which they maintain a physical presence, which
are subject to renewal.
Some states assert authority to regulate all degree-granting
institutions if their educational programs are available to
their residents, whether or not the institutions maintain a
physical presence within those states. UPX has obtained
licensure in these states.
Admissions
Standards
To gain admission to undergraduate programs at UPX, students
must have a high school diploma or General Equivalency Diploma
(GED) and satisfy employment requirements, if
applicable for their field of study. Applicants whose native
language is not English must take and pass the Test of English
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or Test of English for
International Communication (TOEIC).
Non-U.S. citizens
attending a campus located in the United States are required to
hold an approved visa or to have been granted permanent
residency. Additional requirements may apply to individual
programs or to students who are attending a specific campus.
Students already in undergraduate programs at other schools may
petition to be admitted to UPX on a provisional status if they
do not meet certain criteria requirements. Some programs have
work requirements (e.g., nursing) that state that students must
have a certain amount of experience in given areas in order to
be admitted. These vary by program, and not all programs have
them.
To gain admission to undergraduate programs at WIU, students
generally must have a high school diploma or GED and satisfy
certain minimum grade point average requirements. Additional
requirements may apply to individual programs. Students already
in undergraduate programs at other schools may petition to be
admitted to WIU on provisional status if they do not meet
certain admission requirements.
To gain admission to graduate programs at UPX, students must
have an undergraduate degree from a regionally or nationally
accredited college or university, satisfy the minimum grade
point average requirement, have relevant work and employment
experience, if applicable for their field of study, have taken
and passed the TOEFL/TOEIC requirements, if the applicants
native language is not English, and, for applicants who are not
U.S. citizens and are attending a campus located in the
United States, hold an approved visa or have been granted
permanent residency. Additional requirements may apply to
individual programs or to students who are attending a specific
campus. Students in graduate programs at other schools may be
admitted to UPX on provisional status if they do not meet grade
point average admission requirements.
To gain admission to graduate programs at WIU, students
generally must have an undergraduate degree from a regionally
accredited college or university and satisfy minimum grade point
average requirements. Additional requirements may apply to
individual programs. Students in graduate programs at other
schools may petition to be admitted to WIU on provisional status
if they do not meet certain admission requirements.
19
To gain admission to doctoral programs at UPX, students
generally must have a masters degree from a regionally
accredited college or university, be currently employed in a
professional position with three years of professional
experience, have three letters of recommendation from
professional associates who are able to assess the
candidates leadership skills and potential for success and
have a laptop and a membership in a research library. Applicants
whose native language is not English also must achieve a minimum
TOEFL/TOEIC or Berlitz score.
Federal
Financial Aid Programs
Programs
Aid under the Title IV programs is awarded every academic
year on the basis of financial need, generally defined under the
Higher Education Act as the difference between the cost of
attending an educational institution and the amount the family
can reasonably expect to contribute to that cost. The amount of
financial aid awarded per academic year is based on many
factors, including, but not limited to, student program of
study, student grade level, federal annual loan limits and
expected family contribution. All recipients of Title IV
program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress
within the guidelines published by the U.S. Department of
Education.
We collected approximately 65% of our 2007 revenues from receipt
of Title IV funds.
Students at UPX and WIU may receive grants and loans to fund
their education under the following Title IV programs:
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Pell Grant (Pell Grant) program;
|
|
|
|
Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG) program;
|
|
|
|
National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant
(National SMART Grant) program;
|
|
|
|
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
(FSEOG) program;
|
|
|
|
Federal Stafford Loan (Stafford Loan) program;
|
|
|
|
Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students Loan (PLUS
Loan) program; and
|
|
|
|
Federal Perkins Loan (Perkins Loan) program.
|
Pell Grants are generally awarded based on need only to
undergraduate students who have not earned a bachelors or
professional degree. Unlike loans, Pell Grants do not have to be
repaid. During fiscal 2007, Pell Grants represented 10% of our
Title IV funding.
ACG awards became available for the first time for the
2006-07
academic year for first-year students who graduated from high
school after January 1, 2006, and for second-year students
who graduated from high school after January 1, 2005. An
ACG award will provide up to $750 for the first year of
undergraduate study and up to $1,300 for the second year of
undergraduate study to students who are U.S. citizens and
eligible for a Pell Grant, and who have successfully completed a
rigorous high school program, as determined by the state or
local education agency and recognized by the Secretary of
Education. Second-year students must also have maintained a
cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0
(on a 4.0 scale). Unlike loans, ACG awards do not have to be
repaid. ACG awards represent a small portion of our
Title IV funding.
A National SMART Grant award provides up to $4,000 for each of
the third and fourth years of undergraduate study to students
who are U.S. citizens, eligible for a Pell Grant, and
majoring in physical, life or computer sciences, mathematics,
technology or engineering or a foreign language deemed critical
to national security. The U.S. Department of Education
publishes a list of eligible majors using the Classification of
Instruction Program codes developed by the National Center
for Education Statistics. The student must also have maintained
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 in coursework required for the
major. Unlike loans, National SMART Grants do not have to be
repaid. National SMART Grants represent a small portion of our
Title IV funding.
FSEOG awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants for the
neediest students. The availability of FSEOG awards is limited
by the amount of those funds allocated to the institution under
a federal formula. UPX and WIU are required to contribute 25% of
all FSEOG awards, with such funds to come from institutional
grants, scholarships
20
and other eligible funds and, in certain states, portions of
state-funded student assistance programs. Unlike loans, FSEOG
awards do not have to be repaid. FSEOG awards represent a small
portion of our Title IV funding.
Stafford Loans are the most significant source of federal
student aid and are low interest, federally guaranteed loans
made by a private lender. Annual and aggregate loan limits apply
based on the students grade level. There are two types of
Stafford Loans: (a) subsidized Stafford Loans, which are
based on the federal statutory calculation of student need, and
(b) unsubsidized Stafford Loans, which are not need-based.
Neither Stafford Loan is based on creditworthiness. The Federal
Government pays the interest on subsidized Stafford Loans while
the student is enrolled in school; the borrower is responsible
for the interest on unsubsidized Stafford Loans regardless of
school attendance. The student has the option to defer payment
on the principal and interest while enrolled in school. A
dependent student may be eligible to borrow up to the annual
limit of unsubsidized loan if the parent is unable to obtain a
PLUS Loan. Repayment on Stafford Loans begins six months after
the date the student ceases enrollment. The loan may be paid
back to the lender over the course of up to 10 years or
longer. Both graduate and undergraduate students may apply for
Stafford Loans. For graduate student borrowers, UPX is one of
the lenders that can be selected by the student; UPX offers this
service as part of the federal school-as-lender
program. After allowable administrative expenses, income
generated from the school-as-lender program is awarded to UPX
students as need-based grants. Stafford Loans represent 89% of
our Title IV funding.
The PLUS Loan is a low interest non-need-based federal loan made
by a private lender that is based on creditworthiness. The
borrower on this loan is one or both parents of a dependent
student, or a graduate student. Borrowers under the PLUS Loan
program are eligible to borrow up to the cost of attendance less
estimated financial assistance from other federal loan programs.
PLUS Loans represent a small portion of our Title IV
funding.
A Perkins Loan is a low-interest loan for both undergraduate and
graduate students showing exceptional financial need. UPX is the
lender for the loan, and the loan must be repaid to UPX. The
loan is made with government funds with a share contributed by
the school. Perkins Loans represent a small portion of our
Title IV funding.
Regulatory
Requirements
All federal financial aid programs are established by the Higher
Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Higher
Education Act has an expiration date; in the past, if Congress
did not reauthorize the Higher Education Act before its
expiration date, Congress extended the authorization of the
Higher Education Act. The Higher Education Act is set to expire
on October 31, 2007.
To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an
educational institution must meet three minimal requirements:
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by
the U.S. Department of Education;
|
|
|
|
Maintain applicable state authorization to operate; and
|
|
|
|
Maintain certification with the U.S. Department of
Education to participate in Title IV programs.
|
UPX and WIU currently meet all three requirements. In addition,
as eligible institutions, UPX and WIU must maintain compliance
with Title IV regulatory requirements. The most significant
requirements are summarized below:
Eligibility and Certification Procedures.
The
Higher Education Act specifies the manner in which the
U.S. Department of Education reviews institutions for
eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV
programs. Every educational institution involved in
Title IV programs must be certified to participate and is
required to periodically renew this certification. UPX was
recertified in June 2003 and its current certification for the
Title IV programs expired in June 2007. However, in March
2007, UPX submitted its Title IV program participation
recertification application to the U.S. Department of
Education. We have been collaborating with the
U.S. Department of Education regarding the UPX
recertification application. Although we have submitted our
application for renewal, we are continuing to supply additional
follow-up
information based on requests from the U.S. Department of
Education. Our eligibility continues on a month-to-month basis
until the U.S. Department of Education issues its decision
on the application. A month-to-month status is not unusual
considering the process is
21
multi-faceted and iterative. We have no reason to believe that
the application will not be renewed and expect that the renewal
process will be completed satisfactorily. WIU was recertified in
October 2003 and its current certification for the Title IV
programs expires in June 2009.
Student Loan Defaults.
To remain eligible to
participate in Title IV programs, educational institutions
must maintain a student loan cohort default rate below 25% for
three consecutive years and below 40% for any given year. In
addition, if its student loan default rate equals or exceeds
10%, the educational institution must delay for 30 days the
release of federal student loan proceeds for first time
borrowers and permanently loses the ability to participate in
the school-as-lender program as part of the Stafford
Loan program, among other penalties. In 2005, the most recent
U.S. Department of Education cohort default rate reporting
period, the national cohort default rate average for all
proprietary higher education institutions was 8.2%. UPX and WIU
students cohort default rates for the federal student loan
programs for 2005 as reported by the U.S. Department of
Education were 7.3% and 11.4%, respectively. With the expansion
of the Axia College program, we anticipate an upward trend in
student loan defaults based on the greater risk of student loan
default presented by the Axia College demographic. Since
WIUs Title IV program disbursements are not material,
we do not expect the 11.4% default rate to be significant enough
to have a material adverse effect on our business. Moreover, we
have implemented initiatives to mitigate the greater risk of
student loan defaults.
Administrative Capability.
The Higher
Education Act directs the U.S. Department of Education to
assess the administrative capability of each institution to
participate in Title IV programs. The failure of an
institution to satisfy any of the criteria used to assess
administrative capability may allow the U.S. Department of
Education to determine that the institution lacks administrative
capability and, therefore, may be subject to additional scrutiny
or denied eligibility for Title IV programs.
Standards of Financial
Responsibility.
Pursuant to the Title IV
regulations, as revised, each eligible higher education
institution must satisfy the minimum standard established for
three tests which assess the financial condition of the
institution at the end of the institutions fiscal year.
The tests provide three individual scores which must then
satisfy a composite score standard. The maximum composite score
is 3.0. If the institution achieves a composite score of at
least 1.5, it is considered financially responsible. A composite
score from 1.0 to 1.4 is considered financially responsible,
subject to additional monitoring, and the institution may
continue to participate as a financially responsible institution
for up to three years. An institution that does not achieve a
satisfactory composite score will fall under alternative
standards. As of August 31, 2007, our composite score was
2.6.
Limits on Title IV Program Funds.
The
Title IV regulations define the types of educational
programs offered by an institution that qualify for
Title IV program funds. For students enrolled in qualified
programs, the Title IV regulations place limits on the
amount of Title IV program funds that a student is eligible
to receive in any one academic year, as defined by the
U.S. Department of Education. An academic year must consist
of at least 30 weeks of instructional time and a minimum of
24 credit hours. Most of UPXs and WIUs degree
programs meet the academic year minimum definition of
30 weeks of instructional time and 24 credit hours and,
therefore, qualify for Title IV program funds. The programs
that do not qualify for Title IV program funds consist
primarily of corporate training programs and certain certificate
and continuing professional education programs. These programs
are paid for directly by the students or their employers.
Restricted Cash.
The U.S. Department of
Education places restrictions on excess Title IV program
funds collected for unbilled tuition and fees transferred to UPX
or WIU. If an institution holds excess Title IV program
funds with student authorization, the institution must maintain,
at all times, cash in its bank account in an amount at least
equal to the amount of funds the institution holds for students.
The 90/10 Rule.
A requirement of the Higher
Education Act, commonly referred to as the 90/10
Rule, applies only to for-profit institutions of higher
education, which includes UPX and WIU. Under this rule,
for-profit institutions will be ineligible to participate in
Title IV programs if the amount of Title IV program
funds used by the students or institution to satisfy tuition,
fees and other costs incurred by the students exceeds 90% of the
institutions cash-basis revenues from eligible programs.
UPX and WIU are required to calculate this percentage at the end
of each fiscal year. UPXs and WIUs percentages were
69% and 52%, respectively, for the year ended August 31,
2007.
22
Compensation of Representatives.
The Higher
Education Act prohibits an institution from providing any
commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or
indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid
to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment,
admission, or financial aid awarding activity. Title IV
regulations provide safe harbors for activities and arrangements
that an institution may carry out without violating the Higher
Education Act, which include, but are not limited to, the
payment of fixed compensation (annual salary), as long as that
compensation is not adjusted up or down more than twice during
any
12-month
period, and any adjustment is not based solely on the number of
students recruited, admitted, enrolled, or awarded financial
aid. UPX, WIU, and IPD believe that their current methods of
compensating enrollment counselors and financial aid staff
comply with the Title IV regulations. See Item 3,
Legal Proceedings, regarding the Incentive
Compensation Qui Tam Action case.
Authorizations for New Locations.
UPX, WIU and
CFP are required to have authorization to operate as
degree-granting institutions in each state where they physically
provide educational programs. Certain states accept
accreditation as evidence of meeting minimum state standards for
authorization or for exempting the institution entirely from
formal state licensure or approval. Other states require
separate evaluations for authorization. Depending on the state,
the addition of a degree program not offered previously or the
addition of a new location must be included in the
institutions accreditation and be approved by the
appropriate state authorization agency. UPX, WIU and CFP are
currently authorized to operate in all states in which they have
physical locations.
Although HLC does not require UPX to obtain their prior approval
before it is permitted to expand into new areas in North America
and The Netherlands, they do require prior approval before UPX
may expand into foreign countries outside of North America and
The Netherlands. In addition, HLC requires WIU and CFP to obtain
their prior approval before they are permitted to expand into
new states or foreign countries.
Branching and Classroom Locations.
The
Title IV regulations contain specific requirements
governing the establishment of new main campuses, branch
campuses and classroom locations at which the eligible
institution offers, or could offer, 50% or more of an
educational program. In addition to classrooms at campuses and
learning centers, locations affected by these requirements
include the business facilities of client companies, military
bases and conference facilities used by UPX and WIU. The
U.S. Department of Education requires that the institution
notify the U.S. Department of Education of each location
prior to disbursing Title IV program funds to students at
that location. UPX and WIU have procedures in place to ensure
timely notification and acquisition of all necessary location
approvals prior to disbursing Title IV funds to students
attending any new location.
Change of Ownership or Control.
A change of
ownership or control, depending on the type of change, may have
significant regulatory consequences for UPX, WIU and CFP. Such a
change of ownership or control could trigger recertification by
the U.S. Department of Education, reauthorization by state
licensing agencies, or the evaluation of the accreditation by
HLC.
The U.S. Department of Education has adopted the change of
ownership and control standards used by the federal securities
laws for institutions owned by publicly-held corporations. Upon
a change of ownership and control sufficient to require us to
file a
Form 8-K
with the SEC, UPX and WIU would cease to be eligible to
participate in Title IV programs until recertified by the
U.S. Department of Education. Under some circumstances, the
U.S. Department of Education may continue the
institutions participation in the Title IV programs
on a temporary basis pending completion of the change in
ownership approval process. This recertification would not be
required, however, if the transfer of ownership and control was
made upon a persons retirement or death and was made
either to a member of the persons immediate family or to a
person with an ownership interest in us who had been involved in
its management for at least two years preceding the transfer. In
addition, some states where UPX or WIU is presently licensed
have requirements governing change of ownership or control. See
Item 1A, Our Acting Executive Chairman of the Board
and his son control 99.9% of our voting stock and control
substantially all actions requiring the vote or consent of our
shareholders. Moreover, UPX and WIU are required to report
any material change in stock ownership. In the event of a
material change in stock ownership, HLC may seek to evaluate the
effect of such a change of stock ownership on UPXs,
CFPs and WIUs continuing operations.
U.S. Department of Education Audits.
From
time to time as part of the normal course of business, UPX and
WIU are subject to periodic program reviews and audits by
regulating bodies. The U.S. Department of Education, Office
of Inspector General (OIG), conducted an audit of
UPX for the period September 1, 2002 through
23
March 31, 2004. On December 22, 2005, the OIG issued
an audit report on their review of UPXs policies and
procedures for the calculation and return of Title IV
funds. The OIG concluded that UPX had policies and procedures
that provide reasonable assurances that it properly identified
withdrawn students, appropriately determined whether a return of
Title IV funds was required, returned Title IV funds
for withdrawn students in a timely manner and used appropriate
methodologies for most aspects of calculating the return of
Title IV funds. The OIG did conclude, however, that UPX did
not use appropriate methodologies for calculating the percentage
of Title IV financial aid earned from March 1, 2004
through December 7, 2004. Since December 8, 2004, UPX
has adopted the methodologies deemed appropriate by the
U.S. Department of Education. On November 3, 2006, the
U.S. Department of Education issued a preliminary audit
determination letter (PADL) concerning UPXs
administration of the Title IV federal student aid programs
regarding this matter. On June 7, 2007, UPX responded to
the PADL request with results of the file review. The
U.S. Department of Education will ultimately issue a final
audit determination letter regarding the return of Title IV
funds. UPX has accrued $3.7 million, which is its best
estimate of the refund liability. While the outcome of the OIG
audit proceedings is pending, management does not expect a
material adverse effect on our business, financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows to result from these
actions.
Other
Matters
The information required by Item 101(b) of
Regulation S-K
is provided under Note 16, Segment Reporting,
in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, regarding segment
and related geographic information.
We will make available free of charge on our website our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are
electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our website
address is www.apollogrp.edu.
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties
described below and all other information contained in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
In order to help assess the major risks in our business, we have
identified many, but not all, of these risks. Due to the scope
of our operations, a wide range of factors could materially
affect future developments and performance.
If any events occur that give rise to the following risks, our
business, financial condition, cash flow or results of
operations could be materially and adversely affected, and as a
result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could
be materially and adversely impacted. These risk factors should
be read in conjunction with other information set forth in this
Annual Report, including our Consolidated Financial Statements
and related Notes.
Risks
Related to the Control Over Our Voting Stock
Our
Acting Executive Chairman of the Board and his son control 99.9%
of our voting stock and control substantially all actions
requiring the vote or consent of our shareholders.
Dr. John G. Sperling, our Acting Executive Chairman of the
Board and Founder, and his son, Peter V. Sperling, who is also
one of our directors as well as our Senior Vice President and
Secretary, control the John Sperling Voting Stock Trust and the
Peter Sperling Voting Stock Trust, which together collectively
own 99.9% of our voting securities, Apollo Group Class B
common stock. Through their control of these trusts,
Dr. Sperling, or Dr. Sperling and Mr. Sperling
together, control the election of all members of our Board of
Directors and substantially all other actions requiring a vote
of our shareholders, except in certain limited circumstances.
Holders of our outstanding Apollo Group Class A common
stock do not have the right to vote for the election of
directors or for substantially any other action requiring a vote
of shareholders, except in certain limited circumstances. In the
event of Dr. Sperlings passing, control of the John
Sperling Voting Stock Trust, which holds a majority of the
outstanding Apollo Group Class B common stock, will be
exercised by a majority of three successor trustees:
Mr. Sperling, Terri Bishop and Darby Shupp. See
Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters and
Item 1, Business Change of Ownership or
Control for more information.
24
We are a Controlled Company as defined in
Rule 4350(c) of the Marketplace Rules of The NASDAQ Stock
Market LLC, since more than 50% of the voting power of Apollo
Group is held by the John Sperling Voting Stock Trust. As a
consequence, we are exempt from certain requirements of
Marketplace Rule 4350, including that (a) our Board be
composed of a majority of Independent Directors (as defined in
Marketplace Rule 4200), (b) the compensation of our
officers be determined by a majority of the independent
directors or a compensation committee composed solely of
independent directors and (c) nominations to the Board of
Directors be made by a majority of the independent directors or
a nominations committee comprised solely of independent
directors. However, Marketplace Rule 4350(c) does require
that our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings
at which only independent directors are present (executive
sessions) and IRC Section 162(m) does require a
compensation committee of outside directors (within the meaning
of Section 162(m)) to approve stock option grants to
executive officers in order for us to be able to claim
deductions with respect to the compensation attributable to the
expense of such stock options granted. Notwithstanding the
foregoing exemptions, we do have a majority of independent
directors on our Board of Directors and we do have an Audit
Committee, Compensation Committee and a Nominating and
Governance Committee composed entirely of independent directors.
The charters for the Compensation, Audit and Nominating and
Governance Committees have been adopted by the Board of
Directors and are available on our website, www.apollogrp.edu.
These charters provide, among other items, that each member must
be independent as such term is defined by the applicable rules
of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and the SEC.
Risks
Related to the Highly Regulated Industry in Which We
Operate
If we
fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for
our business, we could face significant monetary liabilities,
fines and penalties, including loss of access to federal student
loans and grants for our students.
As a provider of higher education, we are subject to extensive
regulation on both the federal and state levels. In particular,
the Higher Education Act and related regulations subject UPX and
WIU, and all other higher education institutions that
participate in the various federal student financial aid
programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act
(Title IV programs) to significant regulatory
scrutiny. We collected approximately 65% of our 2007 revenues
from receipt of Title IV funds.
These regulatory requirements cover virtually all phases of our
schools and programs operations, including
educational program offerings, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing and
recruiting, financial operations, payment of refunds to students
who withdraw, acquisitions or openings of new schools or
programs, addition of new educational programs and changes in
our corporate structure and ownership.
The Higher Education Act mandates specific regulatory
responsibilities for each of the following components of the
higher education regulatory triad: (1) the federal
government through the U.S. Department of Education,
(2) the accrediting agencies recognized by the
U.S. Secretary of Education (the Secretary of
Education) and (3) state education regulatory bodies.
The regulations, standards and policies of these regulatory
agencies frequently change, and changes in, or new
interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations, or standards
could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation,
authorization to operate in various states, permissible
activities, receipt of funds under Title IV programs, or
costs of doing business. We cannot predict with certainty how
all of the requirements applied by these agencies will be
interpreted or whether our schools will be able to comply with
these requirements in the future.
If we are found to be in noncompliance with any of these
regulations, standards or policies, any one of the regulatory
agencies could do one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Impose monetary fines or penalties;
|
|
|
|
Limit or terminate our operations or ability to grant degrees
and diplomas;
|
|
|
|
Restrict or revoke our accreditation, licensure or other
approval to operate;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
Limit, suspend or terminate our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs or state financial aid programs;
|
|
|
|
Require repayment of funds received under Title IV programs
or state financial aid programs;
|
|
|
|
Require us to post a letter of credit with the
U.S. Department of Education;
|
|
|
|
Subject our schools to heightened cash monitoring by the
U.S. Department of Education;
|
|
|
|
Transfer us from the U.S. Department of Educations
advance system of receiving Title IV program funds to its
reimbursement system, under which a school must disburse its own
funds to students and document the students eligibility
for Title IV program funds before receiving such funds from
the U.S. Department of Education;
|
|
|
|
Subject us to other civil or criminal penalties; and
|
|
|
|
Subject us to other forms of censure.
|
Consequently, any of the penalties, injunctions, restrictions or
other forms of censure listed above could have a material
adverse effect on our business. See Business
Federal Financial Aid Programs.
If we
are not recertified to participate in Title IV programs by
the U.S. Department of Education, we would lose eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs.
UPX and WIU are eligible and certified to participate in
Title IV programs. UPXs current certification for
Title IV programs expired in June 2007. In March 2007, UPX
submitted its Title IV program participation
recertification application to the U.S. Department of
Education, and UPXs eligibility continues on a
month-to-month basis until the Department issues its decision on
the application. WIUs current certification for
Title IV programs expires in June 2009. WIU will seek
recertification before its certification expires. Generally, the
recertification process includes a review by the
U.S. Department of Education of the institutions
educational programs and locations, administrative capability,
financial responsibility, and other oversight categories. The
U.S. Department of Education could limit, suspend or
terminate an institution for violations of the Higher Education
Act or Title IV regulations, as described under
Regulatory Requirements in the Business description
above. If one of our institutions is not recertified, it would
have a material adverse effect on our business. See
Business Federal Financial Aid Programs.
Action
by the U.S. Congress to revise the laws governing the federal
student financial aid programs or reduce funding for those
programs could reduce our student population and increase our
costs of operation.
The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher
Education Act and annually determine the funding level for each
Title IV program. The Higher Education Act has been
extended to October 31, 2007, pending completion of the
formal reauthorization process. In September 2007, the President
signed the College Cost Reduction and Access Act, which
contained a number of provisions affecting Title IV
programs, including some provisions that had been in the Higher
Education Act reauthorization bills. The U.S. Congress will
either complete its reauthorization of the Higher Education Act
or further extend additional provisions of the Higher Education
Act. Changes to the Higher Education Act are likely to result
from any further reauthorization and, possibly, from any
extension of the remaining provisions of the Higher Education
Act, but at this time we cannot predict all of the changes that
the U.S. Congress will ultimately make. Any action by the
U.S. Congress that significantly reduces Title IV
program funding or the ability of our institutions or students
to participate in Title IV programs could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows. Congressional action may also require us to
modify our practices in ways that could increase our
administrative costs and reduce our profit margin, which could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
If the U.S. Congress significantly reduced the amount of
available Title IV program funding, we would arrange for
alternative sources of financial aid for our students. We cannot
assure that one or more private organizations would be willing
to provide loans to students attending one of our schools or
programs, or that the interest rate and other terms of such
loans would be as favorable as for Title IV program loans.
In addition, private organizations could require us to guarantee
all or part of this assistance and we might incur other
additional costs. If we provided
26
more direct financial assistance to our students, we would incur
additional costs and assume increased credit risks. See
Business Regulatory Environment.
Student
loan defaults could result in the loss of eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs.
In general, under the Higher Education Act, an educational
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all Title IV programs if its student loan cohort default
rate equals or exceeds 25% for three consecutive years or 40%
for any given year. If we lose our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs because of high student loan default
rates, it would have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition, if its student loan default rate equals or exceeds
10%, the educational institution is required to delay for
30 days the release of federal student loan proceeds for
first time borrowers and permanently loses the ability to
participate in the school-as-lender program, among
other penalties. If UPXs student loan cohort default rate
exceeds 10%, the limitations on our business could have a
material adverse impact. With the expansion of the Axia College
program, we anticipate an upward trend in student loan defaults
based on the greater risk of student loan default presented by
the Axia College demographic. See Business
Federal Financial Aid Programs Student Loan
Defaults.
If any
regulatory audit, investigation or other proceeding finds us not
in compliance with the numerous laws and regulations applicable
to the post-secondary education industry, we may not be able to
successfully challenge such finding and our business could
suffer.
Due to the highly regulated nature of the post-secondary
education industry, we are subject to audits, compliance
reviews, inquiries, complaints, investigations, claims of
non-compliance and lawsuits by federal and state governmental
agencies, regulatory agencies, present and former students and
employees, shareholders and other third parties, any of whom may
allege violations of any of the regulatory requirements
applicable to us. If the results of any such claims or actions
are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary fines
or penalties, be required to repay funds received under
Title IV programs or state financial aid programs, have
restrictions placed on or terminate our schools or
programs eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs or state financial aid programs, have limitations
placed on or terminate our schools operations or ability
to grant degrees and certificates, have our schools
accreditations restricted or revoked, or be subject to civil or
criminal penalties. Any one of these sanctions could adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions
on us and our ability to operate. See Business
Regulatory Environment.
If we
fail to maintain our institutional accreditation, we would lose
our ability to participate in Title IV
programs.
UPX and WIU are institutionally accredited by HLC, one of the
six regional accrediting agencies recognized by the Secretary of
Education. Accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by
the Secretary of Education is required in order for an
institution to become and remain eligible to participate in
Title IV programs. The loss of accreditation would, among
other things, render our schools and programs ineligible to
participate in Title IV programs and would have a material
adverse effect on our business. For proposed locations outside
of North America, we are also required to obtain the approval of
HLC. See Business Accreditation.
If we
fail to maintain any of our state authorizations, we would lose
our ability to operate in that state and to participate in
Title IV programs there.
UPX and WIU are authorized to operate and to grant degrees or
diplomas by the applicable state agency of each state where such
authorization is required and where we maintain a campus. In
addition, eight states require UPX to obtain separate
authorization for the delivery of distance education to
residents of those states. Such state authorization is required
for the campus located in the state or, in the case of states
that require it, for UPX Online to offer post-secondary
education and, in either case, for students at the campus or UPX
Online to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs.
The loss of such authorization would preclude the campus or UPX
Online from offering post-secondary education and render
students ineligible to participate in Title IV programs at
least at those state campus locations or, in states that require
it, at UPX Online and could have a material adverse effect on
our business. See Business State
Authorizations.
27
A
failure to demonstrate administrative capability or
financial responsibility may result in the loss of
eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs.
If we fail to maintain administrative capability as
defined by the U.S. Department of Education, we could lose
our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or have
that eligibility adversely conditioned, which would have a
material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, if we fail
to demonstrate financial responsibility under the
U.S. Department of Educations regulations, we could
lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or
have that eligibility adversely conditioned, which would have a
material adverse effect on our business. See
Business Federal Financial Aid
Programs Standards of Financial Responsibility and
Administrative Capability.
Our
schools and programs would lose their eligibility to participate
in federal student financial aid programs if the percentage of
our revenues derived from those programs were too
high.
A proprietary institution loses its eligibility to participate
in the federal student financial aid programs if it derives more
than 90% of its revenues, on a cash basis, from federal student
financial aid programs in any fiscal year. If we become
ineligible to participate in federal student financial aid
programs, it would have a material adverse effect on our
business. See Business Federal Financial Aid
Programs The 90/10 Rule.
We
will be subject to sanctions if we fail to calculate and make
timely payment of refunds of Title IV program funds for
students who withdraw before completing their educational
program.
The Higher Education Act and U.S. Department of Education
regulations require us to calculate refunds of unearned
Title IV program funds disbursed to students who withdraw
from their educational program before completing it. If refunds
are not properly calculated or timely paid, we may be sanctioned
or subject to other adverse actions by the U.S. Department
of Education, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business. See Business Federal Financial Aid
Programs.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses, or other incentive payments to individuals involved in
certain recruiting, admission, or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment
or admission activity or in making decisions regarding the
awarding of Title IV program funds. The law and regulations
governing this requirement do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances. If the U.S. Department of
Education determined that our compensation practices violated
these standards, the U.S. Department of Education could
subject us to monetary fines, penalties, or other sanctions. Any
substantial fine, penalty, or other sanction could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows. See Business
Federal Financial Aid Programs Compensation of
Representatives.
If we
were involved in conflicts of interest with student loan
lenders, we could be subject to penalties and otherwise suffer
adverse impacts on our business.
In 2007 the New York Attorney-General, several other
attorneys-general, the United States Senate and House of
Representatives Education Committees, and the United States
Department of Education all launched investigations of potential
conflicts of interest between university officials and various
private lending organizations that provide student loans. These
investigations are ongoing, but several universities and lending
organizations have been implicated. Certain lenders, colleges
and universities that have been implicated by these
investigations have agreed to pay several million dollars in the
aggregate to settle claims in this regard. In addition, several
financial aid officials at other universities have been
suspended or placed on leaves of absence. While no allegations
have been raised concerning our institutions, we have received
general requests for information from several state
attorneys-general and state higher education regulatory
agencies. We have no reason to believe that any of our employees
have engaged in improper conduct in this regard. If any such
impropriety were found, we could be subject to penalties and
other adverse consequences. See Business
Federal Financial Aid Programs.
28
If
IPDs Client Institutions were sanctioned due to
non-compliance with Title IV requirements, we could suffer
adverse impacts on our business.
IPD provides a number of services to clients that are regionally
accredited private colleges and universities, defined above as
IPD Client Institutions. IPD provides its Client Institutions
numerous consulting services in exchange for a contractual share
of the Client Institutions tuition revenues. If one or
more IPD Client Institutions were sanctioned for noncompliance
with Title IV requirements and such sanction(s) were to
have a material adverse effect on enrollments and tuition
revenue of such IPD Client Institution, it could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
The
complexity of regulatory environments in which we operate has
increased and may continue to increase our costs.
Our business is subject to increasingly complex corporate
governance, public disclosure, accounting and tax requirements
and environmental legislation that have increased both our costs
and the risk of noncompliance. Because our Class A common
stock is publicly traded, we are subject to certain rules and
regulations for federal, state and financial market exchange
entities (including the SEC and Nasdaq). We have implemented new
policies and procedures and continue developing additional
policies and procedures in response to recent corporate scandals
and laws enacted by Congress. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, we have made a significant effort to comply with
the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (including,
among other things the development of policies and procedures to
satisfy the provisions thereof regarding internal control over
financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and
certification of financial statements appearing in periodic
reports) and the formation of a compliance department to develop
policies and monitor compliance with laws (including, among
others, privacy laws, export control laws, rules and regulations
of the Office of Foreign Asset Controls and the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act). Our effort to comply with these new regulations
have resulted in, and are likely to continue resulting in,
increased general and administrative expenses and diversion of
management time and attention from revenue generating activities
to compliance activities. See Business
Regulatory Environment.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we
are unable to successfully conclude the litigation, governmental
investigations and inquiries pending against us, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects
could be adversely affected.
We, certain of our subsidiaries, and our current and former
directors and executive officers have been named as defendants
in lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws.
In addition, certain government agencies are conducting
inquiries regarding us, including the DOJ and Internal Revenue
Service. We are also subject to various other lawsuits,
investigations and claims, covering a range of matters,
including, but not limited to, claims involving shareholders and
routine employment matters. Please see Item 3 of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies of
the notes to our consolidated financial statements of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a detailed discussion of these matters.
We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these matters and
expect to incur significant defense costs and other expenses in
connection with them. Such costs and expenses could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations and the market price of our common stock.
We may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement
costs in excess of our insurance coverage related to these
matters, which could have a further material adverse effect on
our financial condition or results of operations.
While we continue in our efforts to cooperate with the
government investigations, we cannot predict the duration or
outcome of the investigations, and the investigations may
expand, and other regulatory agencies may become involved. The
outcome and costs associated with these investigations could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, or results of operations, and the investigations
could result in adverse publicity and divert the efforts and
attention of our management team from our ordinary business
operations. The government investigations and any related legal
and administrative proceedings could also include the
institution of administrative, civil injunctive, or criminal
proceedings against us
and/or
our
current or former officers or employees, the imposition of fines
and penalties, suspensions
and/or
other
remedies and sanctions.
29
We may
not be able to sustain our recent growth rate or profitability,
and we may not be able to manage future growth
effectively.
Our ability to sustain our current rate of growth or
profitability depends on a number of factors, including our
ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals, our ability
to maintain operating margins, our ability to recruit and retain
high quality academic and administrative personnel at new
campuses and competitive factors. Over the past three years, our
growth has been predominately in our associates degree
programs. If we are not able to sustain our growth rate in the
associates degree programs, or fail to transition this
growth to our bachelors degree, advanced degree and other
potential new programs, our business could be adversely
affected. In addition, growth and expansion of our operations
may place a significant strain on our resources and increase
demands on our management information and reporting systems,
financial management controls and personnel. Although we have
made a substantial investment in augmenting our financial and
management information systems and other resources to support
future growth, we cannot assure you that we will be able to
manage further expansion effectively. Failure to do so could
adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash
flows.
If we
cannot maintain student enrollments, our results of operations
may be adversely affected.
Our strategy for growth and profitability depends, in part, upon
managing attrition rates as well as increasing student
enrollments in our schools and programs. Attrition rates are
often due to factors outside our control. Many students face
financial, personal, or family constraints that require them to
withdraw from the school or the program. If we are unable to
control the rate of student attrition, the overall enrollment
levels are likely to decline. Also, to attract more students, we
must develop and implement marketing and student recruitment
programs, which may not succeed. If we cannot maintain and
increase student enrollments, including retention of students in
one or more degree programs, our business, results of operations
and cash flows may be adversely affected.
Our
strategy involves the effective use of information technology;
if we fail in implementing or adapting to new technologies, our
results of operations may be adversely affected.
We have invested and continue to invest significant resources in
information technology, which is a key element of our business
strategy. Our information technology systems and tools could
become impaired or obsolete due to our action or failure to act.
For instance, we could install new information technology
without accurately assessing its costs or benefits, or we could
experience delayed or ineffective implementation of new
information technology. Similarly, we could fail to respond in a
timely or sufficiently competitive way to future technological
developments in our industry. Should our action or failure to
act impair or otherwise render our information technology less
effective, this could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and cash flows.
Our
computer systems may be vulnerable to security risks that could
disrupt operations and require us to expend significant
resources.
We have devoted and will continue to devote significant
resources to the security of our computer systems. Nevertheless,
our computer systems may be vulnerable to unauthorized access,
computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems
and system disruptions. A user who circumvents security measures
could misappropriate proprietary information or cause
interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may
be required to expend significant resources to protect against
the threat of those security breaches or to alleviate problems
caused by those breaches. These factors could result in
liability under state and federal privacy statutes and legal
actions by state attorneys-general and private litigants, any of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and cash flows.
We
face intense competition in the post-secondary education
market.
Post-secondary education in our existing and new market areas is
highly competitive. We compete with traditional public and
private two-year and four-year colleges, other for-profit
schools and alternatives to higher education, such as employment
and military service. Some of our competitors, both public and
private, have substantially greater financial and other
resources than we have. Our competitors, both public and
private, may offer
30
programs similar to ours at a lower tuition level as a result of
government subsidies, government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions and other financial sources not
available to for-profit institutions. In addition, many of our
competitors have begun to offer distance learning and other
online education programs. As the online and distance learning
segment of the post-secondary education market matures, the
intensity of competition is expected to increase. This intense
competition could adversely affect our business, results of
operations and cash flows.
Our
expansion into new markets outside the United States, if
successful, will subject us to risks inherent in international
operations.
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to acquire or
establish campuses or universities in new markets outside the
United States. If we are successful in implementing our
strategy, we will face risks that are inherent in international
operations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Complexity of operations across borders;
|
|
|
|
Currency exchange rate fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
Monetary policy risks, such as inflation, hyperinflation and
deflation;
|
|
|
|
Price controls or restrictions on exchange of foreign currencies;
|
|
|
|
Potential political and economic instability in the countries in
which we operate, including potential student uprisings;
|
|
|
|
Expropriation of assets by local governments;
|
|
|
|
Multiple and possibly overlapping and conflicting tax laws;
|
|
|
|
Compliance with foreign regulatory environments;
|
|
|
|
Acts of war, epidemics and natural disasters; and
|
|
|
|
Loss of accreditation and enterprise value subsequent to an
acquisition.
|
We may
not be able to successfully complete or integrate future
acquisitions.
As part of our growth strategy, we expect to consider selective
acquisitions of proprietary educational institutions that
complement our strategic direction. Any acquisition involves
significant risks and uncertainties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Inability to successfully integrate the acquired operations into
our institutions and maintain uniform standards, controls,
policies and procedures;
|
|
|
|
Distraction of managements attention from normal business
operations;
|
|
|
|
Challenges retaining the key employees of the acquired operation;
|
|
|
|
Insufficient revenue generation to offset liabilities assumed;
|
|
|
|
Expenses associated with the acquisition; and
|
|
|
|
Unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process,
including legal contingencies.
|
Acquisitions are inherently risky. We cannot be certain that our
previous or future acquisitions will be successful and will not
materially adversely affect our business, results of operations
and cash flows. Future transactions may involve use of our cash
resources, issuance of equity or debt securities, incurrence of
other forms of debt or a significant increase in our financial
leverage, which could adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations, especially if the cash flows
associated with any acquisition are not sufficient to cover the
additional debt service. If we issue equity securities as
consideration in an acquisition, current shareholders
percentage ownership and earnings per share may be diluted. In
addition, if we were to acquire an educational institution, it
could be considered a change in ownership and control of the
acquired institution under applicable
31
regulatory standards. We would need approval from the
U.S. Department of Education and most applicable state
agencies and accrediting agencies and possibly other regulatory
bodies when we were to acquire an institution. If we were unable
to obtain such approvals with respect to an institution we
acquired, depending on the size of that acquisition, that
failure could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and cash flows.
Natural
disasters or terrorist acts could have an adverse effect on our
operations.
Hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, tornados and other natural
disasters or breaches of security at our physical campuses could
disrupt our operations. Natural disasters or breaches of
security that directly impact our physical facilities or ability
to recruit and retain students and employees could adversely
affect our ability to deliver our programs to our students and,
thereby, adversely affect our results of operations.
Furthermore, natural disasters or breaches of security could
adversely affect the economy and demographics of the affected
region, which could cause significant declines in the number of
students who attend our schools in that region and have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The
trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially in
the future.
The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate
substantially based on any of the foregoing risk factors as well
as general economic conditions. Such fluctuation could prevent
you from selling shares of our common stock at or above the
price at which you purchase such shares. In addition, the stock
markets from time to time experience extreme price and volume
fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to our
operating performance.
Risks
Related to the Use of Incorrect Measurement Dates for Stock
Option Grants and the Restatement
The
matters relating to the investigation by the Special Committee
of the Board of Directors and the restatement of our
consolidated financial statements may result in additional
litigation and governmental enforcement actions.
A Special Committee of our Board of Directors (the Special
Committee), with the assistance of independent legal
counsel and forensic accountants, conducted an independent
review of our historical practices related to stock option
grants (the Independent Review). Based on the
Independent Review and our internal review of every stock option
grant since our initial public offering (the Internal
Review), we determined that incorrect measurement dates
had been used for financial accounting purposes for many stock
option grants made during the period June 1994 through August
2006. As a result, we recorded additional share-based
compensation expense, and related tax effects, with regard to
certain past stock option grants, and we restated certain
previously issued financial statements as set forth in our
Annual Report on From
10-K
for the
year ended August 31, 2006 and our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarters ended May 31, 2006, November 30, 2006
and February 28, 2007 (the Restatement).
The Internal Review, the Independent Review and related
activities required that we incur substantial expenses for
legal, accounting, tax and other professional services, have
diverted managements attention from our business and could
in the future harm our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
We believe we made appropriate judgments in determining the
correct measurement dates for our stock option grants. There is
a risk, however, that we may have to further restate our
previously issued financial statements, amend prior filings with
the SEC, or take other actions not currently contemplated in
connection with any of the other restated items.
Our past stock option practices and the resulting Restatement of
previously issued financial statements have resulted in greater
risks associated with litigation, regulatory proceedings and
government enforcement actions. As described in Part I,
Item 3, Legal Proceedings, litigation is now
pending in state and federal courts against certain of our
current and former directors and executive officers pertaining
to allegations relating to stock option grants. We have fully
cooperated with the government inquiries into these matters. We
intend to continue full cooperation. No assurance can be given
regarding the outcome of litigation, regulatory proceedings or
government enforcement actions relating to our past stock option
practices. The resolution of these matters may be time consuming
and expensive and may distract management from the conduct of
our business. Furthermore, if we are subject to adverse findings
in litigation, regulatory proceedings or government enforcement
actions, we could be required to pay
32
damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed, which could
harm our business, financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
We did not historically maintain effective controls over our
activities related to accounting for tax liability under IRC
Section 162(m). We did not maintain effective controls over
the implementation, documentation and the administration of our
share-based compensation plans. Specifically, we may have
claimed deductions with respect to compensation attributable to
the exercise of certain stock options, which may not qualify as
performance-based compensation under IRC Section 162(m). As
a result of this control deficiency, we may have claimed
deductions with respect to those exercised options that were in
excess of the limit imposed under IRC Section 162(m). We
have accrued our best estimate, representing the high end of our
estimated potential exposure, with respect to uncertain tax
positions, including interest and penalties for the taxable
years 2003 through 2007 (which are currently our only open years
subject to adjustment for federal tax purposes) of approximately
$44.6 million as of August 31, 2007. The ultimate
amount we will be required to pay to settle all of our tax
liabilities for prior years may differ from the amount accrued.
We are
subject to the oversight of the SEC and other regulatory
agencies, and investigations by those agencies could divert
managements focus and have a material adverse impact on
our reputation and financial condition.
As a result of this regulation and oversight, we may be subject
to legal and administrative proceedings. During fiscal 2007, we
were the subject of an SEC inquiry and a DOJ investigation
related to our historical stock option grant practices. While
the SEC inquiry has been completed, the DOJ investigation has
not yet been officially terminated. As a result of these
inquiries and investigations, and shareholder actions, we have
incurred, and may continue to incur, significant legal costs and
a significant amount of time of our senior management has been
focused on these matters that otherwise would have been directed
toward the growth and development of our business. We have
concluded our Internal Review of our stock option grant
practices, and the SEC has notified us that it has closed its
inquiry without recommending enforcement action. The DOJ has not
informed us that its investigation is closed and we are unable
to predict the effect, if any, that this investigation and the
related shareholder lawsuits could have on our business and
financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. We
cannot assure that the DOJ or other government agencies will not
seek to impose fines or take other actions against us that could
have a significant negative impact on our financial condition.
In addition, publicity surrounding the DOJs
investigations, the derivative lawsuits and class action
lawsuits, or any enforcement action, even if ultimately resolved
favorably for us, could have a material adverse impact on our
cash flows, financial condition, results of operations or
business.
We had
four material weaknesses in internal control over financial
reporting as of August 31, 2006 that we identified during
the year ended August 31, 2007 and we cannot assure you
that additional material weaknesses will not be identified in
the future. If our internal control over financial reporting or
disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, there may
be errors in our financial statements that could require a
restatement or our filings may not be timely and investors may
lose confidence in our reported financial information, which
could lead to a decline in our stock price.
Management identified four material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting in connection with the
preparation and filing of its fiscal 2006 Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us
to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of the end of each year and to include a
management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting in each Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Section 404 also requires our independent registered public
accounting firm to report on our internal control over financial
reporting.
Our management, including our President and Chief Financial
Officer, does not expect that our internal controls over
financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A
control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
control systems objectives will be met. Further, the
design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Controls can be circumvented
by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or
more people, or by management override of the controls. Over
time, controls may
33
become inadequate because changes in conditions or deterioration
in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may
occur. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective
control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur
and not be detected.
As a result, it cannot be assured that significant deficiencies
or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting will not be identified in the future. Any failure to
maintain or implement required new or improved controls, or any
difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result
in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, cause us to
fail to timely meet our periodic reporting obligations, or
result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of
periodic management evaluations and annual auditor attestation
reports regarding disclosure controls and the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting required under
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules
promulgated thereunder. The existence of material weaknesses
could result in errors in our financial statements that could
result in a restatement of financial statements, cause us to
fail to timely meet our reporting obligations and cause
investors to lose confidence in our reported financial
information, leading to a decline in our stock price.
|
|
Item 1B
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
None.
As of August 31, 2007, we utilized 332 facilities, all of
which were leased. As of August 31, 2007, we leased
approximately 7 million square feet, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
Location
|
|
Type
|
|
Sq. Ft. Leased
|
|
|
# of Properties
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
United States
|
|
Office
|
|
|
959,230
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dual Purpose
|
|
|
5,014,502
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,973,732
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
Office
|
|
|
3,455
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dual Purpose
|
|
|
109,431
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,886
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
United States
|
|
Office
|
|
|
34,056
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dual Purpose
|
|
|
347,144
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381,200
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Corporate
|
|
United States
|
|
Office
|
|
|
454,390
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
6,922,208
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dual purpose space includes office and classroom facilities. We
lease substantially all of our administrative and educational
facilities. In some cases, classes are held in the facilities of
the students employers at no charge to us. Leases
generally range from five to ten years with one to two renewal
options for extended terms. We also lease space from time to
time on a short-term basis in order to provide specific courses
or programs.
We evaluate current utilization of the educational facilities
and projected enrollment growth to determine facility needs. We
anticipate that an additional 890,000 square feet will be
leased in 2008.
|
|
Item 3
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
We are subject to various claims and contingencies in the
ordinary course of business, including those related to
regulation, litigation, business transactions, employee-related
matters and taxes, among others. While the outcomes of these
matters are uncertain, management does not expect that the
ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material
adverse effect on our consolidated financial positions, results
of operations or cash flows.
34
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies (SFAS 5), when we become
aware of a claim or potential claim, the likelihood of any loss
or exposure is assessed. If it is probable that a loss will
result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated,
we record a liability for the loss. The liability recorded
includes probable and estimable legal costs associated with the
claim or potential claim. If the loss is not probable or the
amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we disclose
the claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably
possible and the amount is material. For matters where no loss
contingency is recorded, our policy is to expense legal fees as
incurred.
The following is a description of pending litigation and other
proceedings that are outside the scope of ordinary and routine
litigation incidental to our business.
Pending
Litigation
Incentive
Compensation Qui Tam Action
On August 29, 2003, the Company was notified that a qui tam
action had been filed against it on March 7, 2003, in the
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of California
by two current employees on behalf of themselves and the federal
government. When the federal government declines to intervene in
a qui tam action, as it has done in this case, the relators may
elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal
government and, if they are successful, receive a portion of the
federal governments recovery. The qui tam action alleges,
among other things, violations of the False Claims Act,
31 U.S.C. § 3729(a)(1) and (2), by UPX for
submission of a knowingly false or fraudulent claim for payment
or approval, and knowingly false records or statements to get a
false or fraudulent claim paid or approved in connection with
federal student aid programs, and asserts that UPX improperly
compensates its employees. On or about October 20, 2003, a
motion to dismiss the action was filed and was subsequently
granted with leave to amend the complaint. Subsequently, a
second amended complaint was filed on or about March 3,
2004. A motion to dismiss this amended complaint was filed on or
about March 22, 2004, and the case was subsequently
dismissed with prejudice. On June 11, 2004, an appeal was
filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
On September 5, 2006, the Ninth Circuit reversed the ruling
of the district court and held that the relators had adequately
alleged the elements of a False Claims Act cause of action. On
January 22, 2007, UPX filed a Petition for Writ of
Certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court. On April 23,
2007, the U.S. Supreme Court denied UPXs petition. As
a result, the case has been remanded to the District Court in
accordance with the order of the Ninth Circuit. In addition, on
March 23, 2007, UPX filed a motion in the District Court to
dismiss the complaint on the grounds that the September 7,
2004, settlement agreement between UPX and the
U.S. Department of Education constituted an alternate
remedy under the False Claims Act. That motion was denied on
August 20, 2007. UPX has filed a motion seeking
certification of the Courts order for purposes of bringing
an interlocutory appeal. The District Court has issued a
Scheduling Order pursuant to which trial is set for September
2009. Rule 26 disclosures have been made and discovery is
proceeding. While the outcome of this legal proceeding is
uncertain, management does not expect a material adverse effect
on the Companys business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from this action. In
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Axia Qui
Tam Action
On August 15, 2005, a relator filed a qui tam complaint
under seal in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Columbia. On April 12, 2006, the DOJ filed The
Governments Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in
this qui tam lawsuit and on June 15, 2006, the court
entered an order unsealing the complaint. An amended complaint
was served on or about November 1, 2006. On
November 15, 2006, the relator filed a Voluntary Notice of
Dismissal. On November 17, 2006, the court ordered that the
relator comply with the statutory requirements for dismissal of
a qui tam False Claims Act action by December 1, 2006. On
December 1, 2006, the United States consented to the
dismissal of the action with prejudice as to the relator, so
long as the dismissal is without prejudice as to the United
States. On February 2, 2007, the court ordered the United
States to articulate its reasons for consenting to the dismissal
of the action. On February 21, 2007, the United States
filed a Statement of Reasons for Consenting to Dismissal. While
the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management
does not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In
35
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Securities
Class Action
On approximately October 12, 2004, a class action complaint
was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Arizona, captioned
Sekuk Global Enterprises
et al v. Apollo Group, Inc. et al
, Case
No. CV
04-2147
PHX
NVW. A second class action complaint making similar allegations
was filed on or about October 18, 2004, in the
U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, captioned
Christopher Carmona et al v. Apollo Group, Inc. et
al
, Case No. CV
04-2204
PHX
EHC. A third class action complaint making similar allegations
was filed on or about October 28, 2004, in the
U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, captioned
Jack B. McBride et al v. Apollo Group, Inc. et
al
, Case No. CV
04-2334
PHX
LOA. The court consolidated the three pending class action
complaints under the caption
In re Apollo Group, Inc.
Securities Litigation
, Case
No. CV04-2147-PHX-JAT
and a consolidated class action complaint was filed on
May 16, 2005 by the lead plaintiff. Lead plaintiff purports
to represent a class of the Companys shareholders who
acquired their shares between February 27, 2004 and
September 14, 2004, and seeks monetary damages in
unspecified amounts. Lead plaintiff alleges violations of
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and
Rule 10b-5
promulgated under the Act by the Company for defendants
issuance of allegedly materially false and misleading statements
in connection with their failure to publicly disclose the
contents of the U.S. Department of Educations program
review report. A motion to dismiss the consolidated class action
complaint was filed on June 15, 2005, on behalf of Apollo
Group, Inc. and the individual named defendants. The court
denied the motion to dismiss on October 18, 2005 and
discovery commenced. The parties conducted discovery from
October 2005 until discovery closed on February 16, 2007.
On March 9, 2007, both parties filed motions for summary
judgment. Opposition briefs were filed on May 11, 2007 and
reply briefs were filed on June 8, 2007. The court denied
both summary judgment motions on September 12, 2007. The
case remains set for trial on November 14, 2007. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
Alaska
Electrical Pension Fund Derivative Action
On September 5, 2006, the Alaska Electrical Pension Fund
filed a shareholder derivative suit in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Arizona, alleging on behalf of the
Company that certain of the Companys current and former
officers and directors engaged in misconduct regarding stock
option grants. Similar derivative complaints were filed in the
same Court on or about September 19, 2006 and
November 11, 2006 by other purported shareholders of the
Company, and the three cases were consolidated by the Court
under the caption Alaska Electrical Pension Fund v.
Sperling, Case
No. CV06-02124-PHX-ROS,
on January 9, 2007. The defendants in the consolidated case
are the Company, J. Jorge Klor de Alva, Daniel E. Bachus, John
M. Blair, Dino J. DeConcini, Anthony F. Digiovanni, Kenda B.
Gonzales, Hedy F. Govenar, Brian E. Mueller, Todd S. Nelson,
Jerry F. Noble, Laura Palmer Noone, John R. Norton III, John G.
Sperling, and Peter V. Sperling. An independent committee of the
Board of Directors of the Company (Special
Committee) was appointed and authorized to determine
whether it is in the Companys best interest to itself
pursue the allegations made on behalf of the Company. Effective
December 8, 2006, in response to an order by the Court on
December 4, 2006, K. Sue Redman, who is not a party to the
case, replaced Hedy F. Govenar on the Special Committee. As of
March 13, 2007, James R. Reis joined the Special Committee
in place of Daniel D. Diethelm. On July 2, 2007, all
defendants and the Company filed Motions to Dismiss the case,
and the Special Committee filed notice of its intent to
terminate the action. On August 1, 2007, the court
appointed as lead plaintiff Louisiana Municipal Police
Employees Retirement System, and lead plaintiff filed a
Second Amended Complaint on August 15, 2007. On
August 17, 2007, the Special Committee filed a Motion to
Terminate the action, based in part upon its conclusion that
pursuit of the claims is not in the Companys best
interest. Discovery and briefing on the Motion to Terminate is
presently expected to be completed by March 2008. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
36
EEOC v.
UPX
On September 25, 2006, the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) filed a Title VII action
against UPX captioned
Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission v. UPX
,
No. CV-06-2303-PHX-MHM,
in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona on
behalf of four identified individuals and an asserted class of
unidentified individuals who were allegedly discriminated
against because they were not members of the Church of Jesus
Christ of
Latter-day
Saints. The Complaint also alleges that the identified
individuals were retaliated against after complaining about the
alleged discrimination. The EEOC did not serve its Complaint on
UPX until November 21, 2006. UPX answered the Complaint on
December 8, 2006, denying the material allegations
asserted. An initial Scheduling Conference was held on
February 15, 2007. The parties are currently engaged in
discovery. While the outcome of this legal proceeding is
uncertain, management does not expect a material adverse effect
on the Companys business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from this action. In
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Barnett
Derivative Action
On April 24, 2006, Larry Barnett filed a complaint
derivatively on behalf of the Company. The lawsuit was filed in
the Superior Court for the State of Arizona, Maricopa County and
is entitled
Barnett v. John Blair et al
, Case Number
CV2006-051558. On October 10, 2006, plaintiff filed a First
Amended Complaint adding allegations of stock option backdating.
The complaint names as defendants the Company, John M. Blair,
Dino J. DeConcini, Hedy F. Govenar, Kenda Gonzales, Todd Nelson,
Laura Palmer Noone, John Norton, John G. Sperling and Peter V.
Sperling. The First Amended Complaint alleges, among other
things, that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary
duties to the Company and that certain of the individual
defendants were unjustly enriched by their receipt of backdated
stock option grants. The plaintiff seeks, among other things, an
award of unspecified damages and reasonable costs and expenses,
including attorneys fees. On August 21, 2006, the
Company filed a Motion to Stay the case arguing that it is not
in the best interests of the Company to prosecute
plaintiffs purported derivative claims prior to resolution
of the parallel federal securities class action pending against
the Company in federal district court as described under
Securities Class Action. The individual
defendants joined in the Motion to Stay. On November 10,
2006, after plaintiff filed the First Amended Complaint and
added allegations of stock option backdating, the Company filed
an Amended Motion to Stay arguing that the action should be
stayed pending resolution of the federal securities class action
and pending the Special Committees investigation into the
allegations of stock option backdating. Also on
November 10, 2006, the Company filed a motion to sever the
claims relating to stock option backdating from the claims made
in the original complaint. On January 29, 2007, the Court
granted the Amended Motion to Stay for a period of six months.
On June 12, 2007 the Court extended the Stay to
November 5, 2007 and set a case management conference for
November 13, 2007. In light of recent developments in the
Securities Class Action, the Company will be moving shortly
to extend the Stay until the Securities Class Action has
concluded. In addition, the plaintiff filed a motion to lift the
stay on August 31, 2007 in order to conduct discovery
related to the Special Committees report regarding alleged
stock option backdating. The Company has opposed this motion.
While the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain,
management does not expect a material adverse effect on the
Companys business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from this action. In
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Bamboo
Partners Derivative Action
On August 15, 2006, Bamboo Partners filed a complaint
derivatively on behalf of the Company and UPX. The lawsuit was
filed in the U.S. District Court, District of Arizona and
is entitled Bamboo Partners v. Nelson et al., Case Number
2:06-at-10858. The complaint names as defendants Apollo Group,
Inc., UPX, Todd Nelson, Kenda Gonzales, Daniel Bachus, John G.
Sperling, Peter V. Sperling, Laura Palmer Noone, John M. Blair,
Dino J. DeConcini, Hedy F. Govenar and John Norton III. The
complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants
violated Sections 10(B) of the Exchange Act and committed
numerous breaches of fiduciary duties. The complaint seeks
damages sustained by Apollo and UPX as a result of breaches of
fiduciary duty, abuse of control and waste of corporate assets.
The complaint seeks damages against Laura Palmer Noone for
unjust enrichment. The complaint
37
also seeks attorneys fees, reasonable costs and
disbursements. On November 13, 2006, the Company filed a
Motion to Stay the case arguing that it is not in the best
interests of the Company to prosecute plaintiffs purported
derivative claims prior to resolution of the parallel federal
securities class action pending against the Company in federal
district court, as described above under Securities
Class Action. The individual defendants joined in the
Motion to Stay. The court granted the Companys motion to
stay on May 18, 2007. While the outcome of this legal
proceeding is uncertain, management does not expect a material
adverse effect on the Companys business, financial
position, results of operations, or cash flows to result from
this action. In addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate
a range of loss for this action and accordingly has not accrued
any liability associated with this action.
Teamsters
Local Union Putative Class Action
On November 2, 2006, the Teamsters Local 617 Pension and
Welfare Funds, filed a class action complaint purporting to
represent a class of shareholders who purchased the
Companys stock between November 28, 2001 and
October 18, 2006. The complaint alleges that the Company
and certain of its current and former directors and officers
violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and
Rule 10b-5
promulgated thereunder by purportedly making misrepresentations
concerning the Companys stock option granting policies and
practices. The defendants are the Company, J. Jorge Klor de
Alva, Daniel E. Bachus, John M. Blair, Dino J. DeConcini, Kenda
B. Gonzales, Hedy F. Govenar, Todd S. Nelson, John R. Norton
III, John G. Sperling, Peter V. Sperling, and Thomas C. Wier.
Plaintiff seeks unstated compensatory damages and other relief.
On January 3, 2007, other shareholders, through their
separate attorneys, filed motions seeking appointment as lead
plaintiff and approval of their designated counsel as lead
counsel to pursue this action. On September 11, 2007, the
court appointed The Pension Trust Fund for Operating
Engineers as lead plaintiff and approved lead plaintiffs
selection of lead counsel and liaison counsel. The Company has
not yet responded to the complaint in this action but intends to
vigorously oppose plaintiffs allegations. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
Regulatory
and Other Legal Matters
Student
Financial Aid
All federal financial aid programs are established by the Higher
Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Higher
Education Act has an expiration date; in the past, if Congress
did not reauthorize the Higher Education Act before its
expiration date, Congress extended the authorization of the
Higher Education Act. The Higher Education Act is set to expire
on October 31, 2007.
The Higher Education Act specifies the manner in which the
U.S. Department of Education reviews institutions for
eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV
programs. Every educational institution involved in
Title IV programs must be certified to participate and is
required to periodically renew this certification. UPX was
recertified in June 2003 and its current certification for the
Title IV programs expired in June 2007. However, in March
2007, UPX submitted its Title IV program participation
recertification application to the U.S. Department of
Education. We have been collaborating with the
U.S. Department of Education regarding the UPX
recertification application. Although we have submitted our
application for renewal, we are continuing to supply additional
follow-up
information based on requests from the U.S. Department of
Education. Our eligibility continues on a month-to-month basis
until the U.S. Department of Education issues its decision
on the application. A month-to-month status is not unusual
considering the process is multi-faceted and iterative. We have
no reason to believe that the application will not be renewed
and expect that the renewal process will be completed
satisfactorily. WIU was recertified in October 2003 and its
current certification for the Title IV programs expires in
June 2009.
U.S.
Department of Education Audits
From time to time as part of the normal course of business, UPX
and WIU are subject to periodic program reviews and audits by
regulating bodies. On December 22, 2005, the
U.S. Department of Education, Office of Inspector General
(OIG), issued an audit report on their review of
UPXs policies and procedures for the
38
calculation and return of Title IV funds. The OIG concluded
that UPX had policies and procedures that provide reasonable
assurances that it properly identified withdrawn students,
appropriately determined whether a return of Title IV funds
was required, returned Title IV funds for withdrawn
students in a timely manner and used appropriate methodologies
for most aspects of calculating the return of Title IV
funds. The OIG did conclude, however, that UPX did not use
appropriate methodologies for calculating the percentage of
Title IV financial aid earned from March 1, 2004
through December 7, 2004. Since December 8, 2004, UPX
has adopted the methodologies deemed appropriate by the
U.S. Department of Education. On November 3, 2006, the
U.S. Department of Education issued a preliminary audit
determination letter (PADL) concerning UPXs administration
of the Title IV federal student aid programs regarding this
matter. On June 7, 2007, UPX responded to the PADL request
with results of the file review. The U.S. Department of
Education will ultimately issue a final audit determination
letter regarding the return of Title IV funds. UPX has
accrued $3.7 million, which is its best estimate of the
refund liability. While the outcome of the OIG audit proceedings
are on-going, management does not expect a material adverse
effect on our business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from these actions.
Department
of Justice Investigation
On June 19, 2006, we received a grand jury subpoena from
the U.S. Attorneys Office for the Southern District
of New York requesting that we provide documents relating to our
stock option grants. We are cooperating fully with this request.
SEC
Informal Inquiry
On June 30, 2006, we were notified by letter from the SEC
of an informal inquiry and the Commissions request for the
production of documents relating to our stock option grants. On
July 3, 2007, the SEC notified us that it had closed its
inquiry into our stock option grants, without recommending any
enforcement action.
Nasdaq
Proceeding
Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for 2006 and our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarters ended May 31, 2006, November 30,
2006, and February 28, 2007, were filed with the SEC on
May 22, 2007, and an Amendment to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the quarter ended February 28, 2007, was filed with the
SEC on May 25, 2007. On May 24, 2007, the Nasdaq
Listing and Hearing Review Council determined that we
demonstrated compliance with all Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and
informed us that the Nasdaq delisting matter is now closed and
our Class A Common Stock will continue to be listed on The
Nasdaq Global Select Market.
IRC
Section 162(m)
Certain tax deductions in prior years with respect to
compensation attributable to the exercise of certain stock
options by executive officers may be in question. Under IRC
Section 162(m), the amount of such deduction per covered
executive officer is limited to $1.0 million per year,
except to the extent the compensation qualifies as performance
based. Compensation attributable to options with revised
measurement dates may not have qualified as performance-based
compensation. Accordingly, we may have claimed deductions with
respect to those exercised options that were in excess of the
limit imposed under IRC Section 162(m). As a result, we
have accrued our best estimate, representing the high end of our
estimated potential exposure, with respect to uncertain tax
positions, including interest and penalties for the taxable
years 2003 through 2007 (which are currently our only open years
subject to adjustment for federal tax purposes) of approximately
$44.6 million as of August 31, 2007. For prior periods
where a liability existed and where the statute of limitations
has expired, the accrual relating to that period has been
reversed in the period in which the statute expired.
|
|
Item 4
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
None.
39
|
|
Item 5
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
Market
Information
Our Apollo Group Class A common stock trades on the Nasdaq
Global Select Market under the symbol APOL. The
holders of our Apollo Group Class A common stock are not
entitled to any voting rights.
There is no established public trading market for our Apollo
Group Class B common stock and all shares of our Apollo
Group Class B common stock are beneficially owned by
affiliates.
The table below sets forth the high and low bid share prices for
our Apollo Group Class A common stock as reported by the
Nasdaq Global Select Market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
78.19
|
|
|
$
|
58.87
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
72.61
|
|
|
|
49.38
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
56.02
|
|
|
|
47.94
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
55.47
|
|
|
|
43.12
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
52.89
|
|
|
$
|
33.70
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
48.56
|
|
|
|
38.26
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
49.22
|
|
|
|
42.92
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
64.01
|
|
|
|
47.23
|
|
Holders
As of August 31, 2007, there were approximately 273
registered holders of record of Apollo Group Class A common
stock and four registered holders of record of Apollo Group
Class B common stock. A substantially greater number of
holders of Apollo Group Class A common stock are
street name or beneficial holders, whose shares are
held of record by banks, brokers and other financial
institutions.
Dividends
Although we are permitted to pay dividends on our Apollo Group
Class A and Apollo Group Class B common stock, we have
never paid cash dividends on our common stock. Dividends are
payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and the
Articles of Incorporation treat the declaration of dividends on
the Apollo Group Class A and Apollo Group Class B
common stock in an identical manner as follows: holders of our
Apollo Group Class A common stock and Apollo Group
Class B common stock are entitled to receive cash
dividends, if and to the extent declared by the Board of
Directors, payable to the holders of either class or both
classes of common stock in equal or unequal per share amounts,
at the discretion of the Board of Directors. We have no current
plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. The decision of
our Board of Directors to pay future dividends will depend on
general business conditions, the effect of a dividend payment on
our financial condition and other factors the Board of Directors
may consider relevant.
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
40
Securities
Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation
Plans
The information required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
is provided under Item 12,
Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters,
Equity Compensation Plan Information,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
Purchases
of Equity Securities
Our Board of Directors has authorized programs to repurchase
shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock. The share
repurchases under these programs for the three months ended
August 31, 2007 have been as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
of Shares that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
May Yet Be
|
|
|
|
Total # of
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
(Numbers in thousands,
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Paid per
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
Under the Plans or
|
|
except per share amounts)
|
|
Repurchased
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
or Programs
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of May 31, 2007
|
|
|
15,254
|
|
|
$
|
68.23
|
|
|
|
15,254
|
|
|
$
|
136,092
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363,908
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
68.23
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of June 30, 2007
|
|
|
15,179
|
|
|
$
|
68.23
|
|
|
|
15,179
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
7,167
|
|
|
|
61.08
|
|
|
|
7,167
|
|
|
|
(437,735
|
)
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
65.94
|
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of July 31, 2007
|
|
|
22,203
|
|
|
$
|
65.94
|
|
|
|
22,203
|
|
|
$
|
62,265
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
65.94
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
22,163
|
|
|
$
|
65.94
|
|
|
|
22,163
|
|
|
$
|
62,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following lists the share repurchase program authorization
dates and amounts as approved by our Board of Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Date of Authorization
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
September 25, 1998
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
May 13, 1999
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
October 25, 1999
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
March 24, 2000
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
March 28, 2003
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
June 25, 2004
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
October 1, 2004
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
March 25, 2005
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
October 7, 2005
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
December 9, 2005
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
June 22, 2007
|
|
|
363,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,513,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
There is no expiration date on the repurchase authorizations and
repurchases occur at our discretion. On October 5, 2007,
the Board of Directors increased the authorization to repurchase
up to $500 million of Apollo Group Class A common
stock.
Company
Stock Performance
The following graph compares the cumulative
5-year
total
return attained by shareholders on Apollo Group Class A
common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the
S&P 500 index; a customized peer group of five companies
that includes: Career Education Corp., Corinthian Colleges Inc,
Devry Inc, ITT Educational Services, and Strayer Education Inc;
as well as the University of Phoenix Online. An investment of
$100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to have
been made in our common stock, in the index, and in the peer
group on August 31, 2002, and its relative performance is
tracked through August 31, 2007. The value shown for
University of Phoenix Online common stock is shown through
August 27, 2004, the date of its conversion to Apollo Group
Class A common stock.
COMPARISON
OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Apollo Group, Inc., University of Phoenix Online,
The S&P 500 Index And A Peer Group
|
|
|
*
|
|
$100 invested on 8/31/02 in stock or index-including
reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending August 31.
|
Copyright
©
2007, Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.researchdatagroup.com/S&P.htm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/02
|
|
|
8/03
|
|
|
8/04
|
|
|
8/05
|
|
|
8/06
|
|
|
8/07
|
Apollo Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
153.17
|
|
|
|
|
186.47
|
|
|
|
|
188.05
|
|
|
|
|
120.03
|
|
|
|
|
140.26
|
|
University of Phoenix Online
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
235.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S&P 500
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
112.07
|
|
|
|
|
124.90
|
|
|
|
|
140.59
|
|
|
|
|
153.08
|
|
|
|
|
176.25
|
|
Peer Group
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
181.44
|
|
|
|
|
124.57
|
|
|
|
|
148.06
|
|
|
|
|
132.86
|
|
|
|
|
204.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The information contained in the performance graph shall not be
deemed soliciting material or to be
filed with the SEC nor shall such information be
deemed incorporated by reference into any future filing under
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent
that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such
filing.
The stock price performance included in this graph is not
necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
42
|
|
Item 6
|
Selected
Consolidated Financial Data
|
The following selected consolidated financial data and operating
statistics are qualified by reference to and should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The statement of income data for the years ended August 31,
2007, 2006, and 2005, and the balance sheet data as of
August 31, 2007 and 2006, were derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements, included herein. Diluted
income per share and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
have been retroactively restated for stock splits. We restated
the financial results of prior periods in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for 2006. Our annual report on
Form 10-K
for 2006 included a restated consolidated balance sheet as of
August 31, 2005 and related consolidated statements of
income for the years ended August 31, 2005 and 2004. The
consolidated balance sheets as of August 31, 2004 and 2003,
and the consolidated statement of income for the year ended
August 31, 2003 have been restated, but such restated data
has not been audited and are derived from the books and records
of the Company.
The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of
results of future operations, and should be read in conjunction
with Item 7, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and the consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto included in Item 8 of this
Form 10-K
to fully understand factors that may affect the comparability of
the information presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and marketable
securities
|
|
$
|
689,150
|
|
|
$
|
646,995
|
|
|
$
|
685,748
|
|
|
$
|
993,875
|
|
|
$
|
1,045,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,449,863
|
|
|
$
|
1,283,005
|
|
|
$
|
1,281,548
|
|
|
$
|
1,487,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,417,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
743,835
|
|
|
$
|
595,756
|
|
|
$
|
566,745
|
|
|
$
|
525,239
|
|
|
$
|
384,520
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
72,188
|
|
|
|
82,876
|
|
|
|
80,583
|
|
|
|
67,546
|
|
|
|
48,072
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
633,840
|
|
|
|
604,373
|
|
|
|
634,220
|
|
|
|
894,965
|
|
|
|
984,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,449,863
|
|
|
$
|
1,283,005
|
|
|
$
|
1,281,548
|
|
|
$
|
1,487,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,417,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Statistics:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Degreed enrollments at end of year(1)
|
|
|
313,700
|
|
|
|
282,300
|
|
|
|
271,400
|
|
|
|
238,400
|
|
|
|
189,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of locations at end of year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Campuses
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Learning centers
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of locations
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Degreed Enrollments includes only UPX and Axia College and
represent individual students enrolled in our degree programs
that attended a course during the quarter and did not graduate
as of the end of the quarter (including Axia students enrolled
in UPX and WIU). Degreed Enrollments include any student who
graduated from one degree program and started a new degree
program (for example, a graduate of the associates degree
program returns for a bachelors degree or a graduate of a
bachelors degree program returns for a masters
degree), as well as students who have been out of attendance for
greater than 12 months and return to a program.
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other, net
|
|
$
|
2,723,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,477,533
|
|
|
$
|
2,251,114
|
|
|
$
|
1,800,047
|
|
|
$
|
1,338,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
1,237,491
|
|
|
|
1,109,584
|
|
|
|
952,474
|
|
|
|
781,437
|
|
|
|
630,566
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
659,059
|
|
|
|
544,706
|
|
|
|
485,451
|
|
|
|
383,800
|
|
|
|
272,348
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
201,546
|
|
|
|
153,004
|
|
|
|
98,642
|
|
|
|
84,326
|
|
|
|
61,314
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,895
|
|
|
|
100,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
2,098,096
|
|
|
|
1,827,499
|
|
|
|
1,553,462
|
|
|
|
1,349,846
|
|
|
|
964,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
625,697
|
|
|
|
650,034
|
|
|
|
697,652
|
|
|
|
450,201
|
|
|
|
374,754
|
|
Interest income and other, net
|
|
|
31,600
|
|
|
|
18,054
|
|
|
|
16,787
|
|
|
|
16,305
|
|
|
|
14,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
657,297
|
|
|
|
668,088
|
|
|
|
714,439
|
|
|
|
466,506
|
|
|
|
388,992
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
248,487
|
|
|
|
253,255
|
|
|
|
286,506
|
|
|
|
186,421
|
|
|
|
153,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
|
$
|
280,085
|
|
|
$
|
235,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Share-based compensation in 2005 and 2004 is related to the 2004
conversion of the UPX Online stock options into Apollo Group
Class A stock options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Common Stock and Earnings per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per
share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income attributed to Apollo Group common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
|
$
|
280,085
|
|
|
$
|
235,883
|
|
Stock dividends paid(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(114,155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributed to UPX Online common shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,195
|
)
|
|
|
(12,839
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributed to Apollo Group common shareholders
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
|
$
|
141,735
|
|
|
$
|
223,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income attributed to UPX Online common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,195
|
|
|
$
|
12,839
|
|
Stock dividends paid(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributed to UPX Online common shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
138,350
|
|
|
$
|
12,839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share attributed to Apollo Group common
stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share
|
|
$
|
2.35
|
|
|
$
|
2.35
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
173,603
|
|
|
|
176,205
|
|
|
|
186,066
|
|
|
|
178,914
|
|
|
|
177,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share attributed to UPX Online common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,074
|
|
|
|
16,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Stock dividends paid in 2004 are related to the 2004 conversion
of the UPX Online common stock outstanding into Apollo Group
Class A common stock outstanding.
|
44
|
|
Item 7
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) is
intended to help investors understand Apollo Group, Inc.
(the Company, Apollo Group,
Apollo, APOL, we,
us, or our), our operations, and our
present business environment. The MD&A is provided as a
supplement to and should be read in conjunction
with our consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes (Notes). The following overview
provides a summary of the sections included in our MD&A:
|
|
|
|
|
Forward-Looking Statements
cautionary
information about forward-looking statements and a description
of certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual
results to differ materially from our historical results or our
current expectations or projections.
|
|
|
|
Executive Summary
a general description of
our business and the education industry, as well as key
highlights of the current year.
|
|
|
|
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
a
discussion of accounting policies that require critical
judgments and estimates.
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations
an analysis of our
results of operations in our consolidated financial statements.
We operate in one business sector: education. Except to the
extent that differences between our reportable segments are
material to an understanding of our business as a whole, we
present the discussion in our MD&A on a consolidated basis.
|
|
|
|
Liquidity, Capital Resources, and Financial Position
an analysis of cash flows, sources and uses of
cash, commitments and contingencies, seasonality in the results
of our operations, the impact of inflation, and quantitative and
qualitative disclosures about market risk.
|
Forward-Looking
Statements
This MD&A contains certain forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of
historical fact may be forward-looking statements. Such
forward-looking statements include, among others, those
statements regarding future events and future results of the
Company that are based on current expectations, estimates,
forecasts, and the beliefs and assumptions of us and our
management, and speak only as of the date made and are not
guarantees of future performance. In some cases, forward-looking
statements can be identified by terminology such as
may, will, should,
believes, expects,
anticipates, estimates,
plans, predicts, targets,
potential, continue,
objectives, or the negative of these terms or other
comparable terminology. Such forward-looking statements are
necessarily estimates based upon current information and involve
a number of risks and uncertainties. Such statements should be
viewed with caution. Actual events or results may differ
materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of a variety of factors. While it is
impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated
by us include but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the regulations of the education industry, including
those items set forth in Item 1 under the sections titled
Regulatory Environment, Accreditation,
Federal Financial Aid Programs, and State
Authorization;
|
|
|
|
each of the factors discussed in Item 1A,
Risk
Factors;
|
|
|
|
those factors set forth in Item 7; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the requirements surrounding the reports that we file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
|
The cautionary statements referred to in this section also
should be considered in connection with any subsequent written
or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or
persons acting on our behalf. We undertake no obligation to
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, or any
facts, events, or
45
circumstances after the date hereof that may bear upon
forward-looking statements. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee
future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or
achievements.
Executive
Summary
We have been an education provider for more than 30 years,
operating University of Phoenix, Inc. (UPX),
Institute for Professional Development, Inc. (IPD),
The College for Financial Planning Institutes Corporation
(CFP), Western International University, Inc.
(WIU) and Insight Schools, Inc.
(Insight), all of which are our wholly-owned
subsidiaries. We offer innovative and distinctive educational
programs and services from high school through college-level at
102 campuses and 157 learning centers in 40 states and the
District of Columbia; Puerto Rico; Alberta and British Columbia,
Canada; Mexico; and The Netherlands; as well as online
throughout the world. Our combined Degreed Enrollment for UPX,
including Axia College, as of August 31, 2007 was
approximately 313,700. In addition, students are enrolled in
WIU, CFP and IPD Client Institutions, and additional non-degreed
students are enrolled in UPX. See Customers/Students in
Item 1 of this Report. Degreed Enrollments represent
individual students enrolled in our degree programs who attended
a course during the quarter and did not graduate as of the end
of the quarter (including Axia students enrolled in UPX and
WIU). Degreed Enrollments include any student who graduated from
one degree program and started a new degree program (for
example, a graduate of the associates degree program
returns for a bachelors degree or a graduate of a
bachelors degree program returns for a masters
degree), as well as students who have been out of attendance for
greater than 12 months and return to a program.
The non-traditional education market is a significant and
growing component of the post-secondary education market, which
is estimated by the U.S. Department of Education to be a
more than $373.0 billion industry. According to the
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education
Statistics, over 6.8 million, or 39%, of all students
enrolled in higher education programs are over the age of 24. A
large percentage of these students would not be classified as
traditional (i.e., living on campus, supported by parents and
not working). The non-traditional students typically are looking
to improve their skills and enhance their earnings potential
within the context of their careers. Between 2002 and 2014, the
percentage of 18- to
24-year-old
students in the U.S. is expected to increase 16%. The
market for non-traditional education should continue to
increase, reflecting the rapidly expanding knowledge-based
economy.
During fiscal year 2007, we experienced the following
significant events:
1.
Senior Management Changes
Ms. Kenda B. Gonzales resigned as Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer. Ms. Gonzales was replaced by Mr. Joseph
L. DAmico who was appointed Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Daniel E. Bachus resigned as
Chief Accounting Officer and Controller and was replaced by
Mr. Brian L. Swartz, who was appointed Senior Vice
President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer.
Mr. Gregory W. Cappelli was appointed Executive Vice
President, Global Strategy and Assistant to the Chairman.
Additionally, subsequent to August 31, 2007, P. Robert Moya
was appointed Senior Vice President and General Counsel.
2.
Enrollment and Revenue Growth While Investing in our
Business for the Future
We achieved a 10.5%
average quarterly Degreed Enrollment growth for the year ended
August 31, 2007, which resulted in a 9.9% increase in
revenue for the year ended August 31, 2007. These increases
helped fund a significant portion of our investment in product
development and marketing and lead generation over the same
period to ensure our continued growth and viability in the
future.
3.
Financial Statement Restatement
On
May 22, 2007, we filed our 2006
Form 10-K
and three
Form 10-Q
Reports with the SEC. With these filings, we have completed the
process related to our financial statement restatement. On
May 24, 2007, the Nasdaq Listing and Hearing Review Council
determined that we demonstrated compliance with all Nasdaq
Marketplace Rules and informed us that the Nasdaq delisting
matter is now closed and our Class A Common Stock will
continue to be listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market. On
July 3, 2007, the SEC notified us that it had closed its
inquiry into our stock option grants, without recommending any
enforcement action.
46
4.
Naming Rights to Glendale, Arizona Sports
Complex
On September 22, 2006, we entered
into an agreement with New Cardinals Stadium LLC, B&B
Holdings, Inc., an unrelated third party doing business as the
Arizona Cardinals, for UPX naming rights on a stadium in
Glendale, Arizona, which is home to the Arizona Cardinals
National Football League football club. The naming rights
include signage, advertising and other promotional benefits. The
initial agreement term is 20 years with options to extend.
Pursuant to the agreement, we were required to pay a total of
$5.8 million for the 2006 contract year, which is increased
3% per year until 2026. Other payments apply if certain events
occur, such as the Cardinals playing in the Super Bowl or if
there are sold-out home games.
5.
Insight Schools Acquisition
On
October 20, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Insight.
Insight operates an online high school and engages in the
business of servicing cyber high schools and other online
education. We acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Insight for $15.5 million. The purchase price included the
payment of seller transaction fees, the repayment of certain
existing indebtedness, payment of employee sale bonuses, and
payments to option holders, warrant holders, and convertible
note holders. This acquisition allows us to expand into the
online charter high school market. As a result of the
acquisition, goodwill increased by $12.7 million.
6.
Aptimus, Inc. Acquisition
On
August 8, 2007, we announced our intention to acquire
online advertising network Aptimus, Inc. (Nasdaq: APTM) for
$6.25 per share in an all-cash transaction valued at
approximately $47.6 million. This acquisition will help us
increase the effectiveness and efficiency of our online
advertising directed at increasing awareness of and access to
quality education services. The closing of the acquisition is
subject to customary closing conditions, including Aptimus
shareholder approval. The acquisition is expected to close in
early fiscal 2008, after Aptimus shareholder meeting
scheduled for October 29, 2007.
7.
Apollo Global, Inc.
On
October 22, 2007, we formed a joint venture with The
Carlyle Group (Carlyle), called Apollo Global, Inc.
(Apollo Global) to pursue investments in the
international education services sector. Carlyle, based in
Washington D.C., is one of the worlds largest and most
prestigious private equity firms, managing over $76 billion
in assets for over 1,000 institutional investors, including
several of the largest pension funds in the U.S. Through
Apollo Global, we intend to capitalize on the high global demand
for education services. Apollo Global will provide education
services through two primary strategies. First, Apollo Global
will continue to provide our wide range of U.S. accredited
degrees to foreign students outside the U.S. Second, Apollo
Global will provide local education services, including
post-secondary degrees, in the countries it seeks to enter.
These capabilities will be achieved through both a disciplined
acquisition process and organic growth.
We have agreed that, within approximately 18 months, all of
our education-related activities directed toward students who
live outside the U.S. and who are not citizens of the
U.S. or members of the U.S. military will be conducted
through Apollo Global. We have agreed to commit up to
$801 million in cash or contributed assets and own 80.1% of
Apollo Global. Carlyle has agreed to commit up to
$199 million in cash or contributed assets and own the
remaining 19.9%. Additionally, conservative amounts of debt will
be employed, as appropriate. The Board of Apollo Global will
consist of seven directors, four of whom will be designated by
us and two of whom will be designated by Carlyle. The seventh
director will be the President of Apollo Global. Additionally,
10 to 15% of the value of the equity will be available to
provide incentives for management of Apollo Global. Apollo
Global will be consolidated in our financial statements.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
The preparation of these financial statements requires the use
of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and
47
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods
presented. We believe that our critical accounting policies,
which involve a higher degree of judgments, estimates and
complexity, are as follows:
Revenue
Recognition
Tuition and other revenue, net consists largely of tuition and
fees associated with different educational programs as well as
related educational resources such as printed text books and
access to online materials, and are shown net of discounts.
The following table presents the most significant components as
percentages of total tuition and other revenue, net for the
years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition revenue
|
|
$
|
2,553.1
|
|
|
|
94
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,304.3
|
|
|
|
93
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,114.1
|
|
|
|
94
|
%
|
IPD services revenue
|
|
|
73.6
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
74.4
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
69.5
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Application and related fees
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
36.4
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Online course material revenue
|
|
|
161.0
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
138.7
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
104.5
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, gross
|
|
|
2,836.2
|
|
|
|
104
|
%
|
|
|
2,582.9
|
|
|
|
104
|
%
|
|
|
2,358.3
|
|
|
|
105
|
%
|
Less: Discounts
|
|
|
(112.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(105.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(107.2
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, net
|
|
$
|
2,723.8
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,477.5
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,251.1
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition revenue
encompasses both online and
classroom-based learning. Tuition revenue is recognized pro
rata, on a weekly basis, over the period of instruction as
services are delivered to students. During certain periods of
the year and in certain businesses, we adjust our revenue
recognition to account for holiday breaks such as Christmas and
Thanksgiving.
IPD services revenue
consist of the contractual share of
tuition revenues from students enrolled in IPD programs at
Client Institutions. IPD contracts with Client Institutions to
provide services including, but not limited to, management
consulting and training; program development; program
administration; instructor and student recruiting; and student
accounting, collection and recordkeeping. The contractual share
varies by contract and may change over time. Our contractual
share ranges between 30% and 50%. Contracts generally have terms
of 10 years with provisions for renewal. The portion of
service revenue to which we are entitled under the terms of the
contracts is recognized on a pro rata basis as services are
provided.
Application and related fees
consist of the fees students
pay when submitting an enrollment application and the
application costs related to the expenses associated with
processing the applications. Both the fees and the costs are
deferred and recognized over the average length of time it takes
for a student to complete a program of study.
Online course material revenue
relates to online course
materials delivered to students over the period of instruction.
Revenue associated with these materials is recognized pro rata
over the period of the related course to correspond with
delivery of the materials to students.
Other revenue
is primarily composed of non-tuition
generating revenues, such as renting classroom space and other
student support services. This revenue is recognized as these
services are provided.
Discounts
include a variety of promotional programs
including military discounts, special promotional incentives
designed to generate new student enrollment, early payment
discounts and other incentives.
Goodwill
Goodwill is primarily the result of our acquisitions of CFP and
Insight. SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets (SFAS 142) addresses
goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful
lives and
48
prescribes that these assets will not be amortized, but instead
tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if
circumstances arise indicating potential impairment. If the
carrying amount of the reporting unit containing goodwill
exceeds the fair value of that reporting unit, an impairment
loss is recognized to the extent the implied fair
value of the goodwill is less than the carrying amount of
the goodwill. This pronouncement provides specific guidance on
performing impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangibles.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill
requires judgment. In assessing the fair value of our reporting
units, we make estimates about the future cash flows of our
reporting units. Our cash flow forecast is based on assumptions
that are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to
manage the underlying businesses. Other factors we consider
include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance
relative to expected historical or projected future operating
results, significant changes in the manner or use of the
acquired assets or the overall business strategy, and
significant negative industry or economic trends. If our
estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be
required to record non-cash impairment charges for these assets.
In addition, we make certain judgments about allocating shared
assets and liabilities to the balance sheets for our reporting
units. We have engaged a third-party valuation expert to assist
in evaluating the fair values of our reporting units. We have
selected August 31 and May 31 as the dates on which we perform
our annual goodwill impairment tests for CFP and Insight,
respectively. Based on our goodwill impairment tests, no
impairments in goodwill were recorded during 2007.
Share-Based
Compensation
Prior to September 1, 2005, we accounted for all employee
and non-employee director share-based compensation awards using
the intrinsic value method under APB 25, and provided the
required disclosures in accordance with SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
(SFAS 123). On September 1, 2005, we
adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based
Payment (SFAS 123(R)), using the modified
prospective transition method. Under both APB 25 and
SFAS 123(R), the requisite service period over which
share-based compensation is expensed generally equals the
vesting periods of the awards.
Under SFAS 123(R), our share-based compensation is based on
the fair value of the option at the grant date. The fair value
is affected by the stock price, as well as the
Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model (the BSM)
valuation assumptions, including the volatility of the stock
price, expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate and
dividend yield. We use the BSM for estimating the fair value on
the date of the grant of stock options. We used the following
weighted average assumptions in the BSM:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
32.7
|
%
|
|
|
34.6
|
%
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
The assumptions that have the most significant affect on the
fair value of the grants and therefore, share-based compensation
expense, are the expected life and expected volatility. The
following table illustrates how changes to the BSM assumptions
would affect the weighted average per option fair values as of
the grant date for grants made during fiscal year 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Volatility
|
|
Expected Life (years)
|
|
29.4%
|
|
|
32.7%
|
|
|
35.9%
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
$
|
16.39
|
|
|
$
|
17.55
|
|
|
$
|
18.70
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
17.64
|
|
|
|
18.84
|
|
|
|
20.04
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
18.83
|
|
|
|
20.07
|
|
|
|
21.30
|
|
We granted 5.5 million options during 2007, which excludes
1.6 million options that were canceled and regranted as
part of our programs to cure 409A tax consequences for our
current and former employees.
49
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are
enrolled at our schools and programs, and based upon past
experience and current trends, we establish an allowance for
doubtful accounts with respect to tuition receivables. Our
allowance estimation methodology has been refined and considers
a number of factors that, based on collections history, we
believe have an impact on our ability to collect student
receivables.
We monitor our collections and write-off experience and
periodically determine whether adjustments to our allowance
percentage estimates are necessary. As a result, we believe that
our allowance estimation methodology reflects historical trends
as well as our most recent collections experience and reasonably
estimates future losses attributable to receivable write-offs.
Our standard allowance estimation methodology is periodically
evaluated for sufficiency by management and modified as
necessary. Changes to the design of our standard allowance
estimation methodology, including our allowance percentage
estimates, may impact our estimate of our allowance for doubtful
accounts and our financial results.
When a student with Title IV loans withdraws from UPX or
WIU, we are sometimes required to return a portion of
Title IV funds to the lenders. We are generally entitled to
collect these funds from the students, but collection of these
receivables is significantly lower than our collection of
receivables from students who remain in our educational
programs. Any change in the amount of Return to
Lender or collection rates are factored into the
determination of an appropriate allowance amount.
A one percentage point change in our allowance for doubtful
accounts as a percentage of gross student receivables as of
August 31, 2007, would have resulted in a pre-tax change in
income of $2.8 million ($1.7 million after-tax).
Additionally, if our allowance for doubtful accounts were to
change by 1% of tuition and other revenues, net for the fiscal
year ended August 31, 2007, we would have recorded a
pre-tax change in income of approximately $27.2 million
($16.6 million after-tax).
Accounts receivable are written off when the account is deemed
to be uncollectible. This typically occurs once we have
exhausted all efforts to collect the account, which includes
collection attempts by our employees and outside collection
agencies.
Insurance
Reserves
We record liabilities for claims and related expenses that are
estimable and probable related to our self-insured medical and
dental insurance programs in accordance with the contractual
terms of the insurance policies. Accounting for insurance
liabilities that are self-insured involves uncertainty because
estimates and judgments are used to determine the ultimate
liability for reported claims as well as claims incurred but not
reported. We consider our historical experience in determining
the appropriate insurance reserves. We record reserves for
claims incurred but not recorded assuming a
45-day
lag
in the submission of claims. The following table displays the
required increase or decrease to the insurance reserve if
current claim lag time trends differed from our historical claim
lag time experience:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Tax
|
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
Claim Lag Time
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
30 days
|
|
$
|
(3.0
|
)
|
45 days
|
|
|
|
|
60 days
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Loss
Contingencies
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies (SFAS 5), when we become
aware of a claim or potential claim, the likelihood of any loss
or exposure is assessed. If it is probable that a loss will
result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated,
we record a liability for the loss. The liability recorded
includes probable and estimable legal costs associated with the
claim or potential claim. If the loss is not probable or the
amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we disclose
the claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is
50
reasonably possible and the amount is material. For matters
where no loss contingency is recorded, our policy is to expense
legal fees as incurred.
Accounting
for Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method
in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (SFAS 109). Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted laws and tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences
are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred
tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment
date. Management judgment is required in determining the
provision for income taxes and, in particular, whether or not a
valuation allowance should be recorded against our deferred tax
assets.
Certain tax deductions in prior years with respect to
compensation attributable to the exercise of certain stock
options by executive officers may be in question. Under IRC
Section 162(m), the amount of such deduction per covered
executive officer is limited to $1.0 million per year,
except to the extent the compensation qualifies as performance
based. Compensation attributable to options with revised
measurement dates may not have qualified as performance-based
compensation. Accordingly, we may have claimed deductions with
respect to those exercised options that were in excess of the
limit imposed under IRC Section 162(m). As a result, we
have accrued our best estimate, representing the high end of our
estimated potential exposure, with respect to uncertain tax
positions, including interest and penalties for the taxable
years 2003 through 2007 (which are currently our only open years
subject to adjustment for federal tax purposes) of approximately
$44.6 million as of August 31, 2007. For prior periods
where a liability existed and where the statute of limitations
has expired, the accrual relating to that period has been
reversed in the period in which the statute expired.
Results
of Operations
We have included below a discussion of our operating results and
significant items that explain the material changes in our
operating results during the last three years.
The following table sets forth an analysis of our Consolidated
Statements of Income for fiscal years ended 2007, 2006, and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2007 vs.
|
|
|
2006 vs.
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other, net
|
|
$
|
2,723.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,477.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,251.1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
1,237.5
|
|
|
|
1,109.6
|
|
|
|
952.5
|
|
|
|
45.4
|
%
|
|
|
44.8
|
%
|
|
|
42.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
659.1
|
|
|
|
544.7
|
|
|
|
485.5
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
21.0
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
201.5
|
|
|
|
153.0
|
|
|
|
98.6
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
31.7
|
%
|
|
|
55.2
|
%
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,098.1
|
|
|
|
1,827.5
|
|
|
|
1,553.5
|
|
|
|
77.0
|
%
|
|
|
73.8
|
%
|
|
|
69.0
|
%
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
625.7
|
|
|
|
650.0
|
|
|
|
697.6
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
|
|
31.0
|
%
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(6.8
|
)%
|
Interest income and other, net
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
74.6
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
657.3
|
|
|
|
668.1
|
|
|
|
714.4
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
%
|
|
|
26.9
|
%
|
|
|
31.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(6.5
|
)%
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
248.5
|
|
|
|
253.3
|
|
|
|
286.5
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
12.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408.8
|
|
|
$
|
414.8
|
|
|
$
|
427.9
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Related to the August 27, 2004, conversion of UPX Online
common stock outstanding and stock options to Apollo Group
Class A common stock outstanding and stock options.
|
51
We categorize our expenses as instructional costs and services,
selling and promotional, and general and administrative.
Instructional costs and services at UPX, WIU, CFP and Insight
consist primarily of costs related to the delivery and
administration of our educational programs and include faculty
compensation, administrative compensation for departments that
provide service directly to the students, financial aid
processing costs, the costs of educational materials sold,
facility leases and other occupancy costs, bad debt expense,
technology spending in support of student systems and
depreciation and amortization of property and equipment. UPX and
WIU faculty members are primarily contracted for one course
offering at a time. All classroom facilities are leased or, in
some cases, are provided by the students employers at no
charge to us. Instructional costs and services at IPD consist
primarily of program administration, student services, and
classroom lease expense. Most of the other instructional costs
for IPD-assisted programs, including faculty, financial aid
processing, and other administrative salaries, are the
responsibility of IPDs Client Institutions.
Selling and promotional costs consist primarily of compensation
for enrollment counselors, management and support staff,
corporate marketing, advertising, production of marketing
materials, and other costs related to selling and promotional
functions. We expense selling and promotional costs as incurred.
General and administrative costs consist primarily of
administrative compensation, occupancy costs, depreciation and
amortization, and other related costs for departments such as
executive management, information systems, corporate accounting,
human resources, and other departments that do not provide
direct services to our students. To the extent possible, we
centralize these services to avoid duplication of effort.
Tuition
and Other Revenue, Net
Information about our tuition and other revenue, net by
reportable segment on a percentage basis is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
|
93.1
|
%
|
|
|
83.7
|
%
|
|
|
89.5
|
%
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
10.4
|
%
|
Corporate
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, net
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our tuition and other revenue, net increased by 9.9% in 2007
primarily due to a 10.5% increase in average quarterly Degreed
Enrollments and selective tuition price increases depending on
geographic area and program. Our associates degree program
has a lower price point than our other programs. Accordingly, we
continued to experience negative mix shift in 2007 compared to
2006 as our associates average quarterly Degreed
Enrollments increased 55.0%, and represented 33.3% of our
Degreed Enrollments at August 31, 2007 compared to 26.2% at
August 31, 2006. The negative mix shift was slightly offset
by an approximate 9% average tuition increase in our
associates degree program in May 2007. We expect this
tuition increase to positively impact our associates
degree tuition rate per Degreed Enrollment prospectively.
Our tuition and other revenues, net increased by 10.1% in 2006
primarily due to a 5.4% increase in average quarterly Degreed
Enrollments and selective tuition price increases depending on
geographic area and program. These increases include a 113.0%
increase in average quarterly Degreed Enrollments in our
lower-tuition associates degree programs. As of
August 31, 2006, 26.2% of our students are Degreed
Enrollments in associates degree programs compared with
15.4% of our students as of August 31, 2005.
Tuition and other revenue, net at Other Schools increased as a
percentage of total revenues in 2006 and 2005 due to enrollment
in associates degree programs at Axia College of WIU
during 2005. Axia College began offering these programs in
September 2004. In March 2006 (our third quarter of fiscal
2006), we began offering all Axia College programs within UPX,
instead of WIU. As a result of enrolling students in Axia
College within UPX, Other Schools revenue as a percentage of
total revenues decreased in 2007 versus 2006.
52
Instructional
Costs and Services
Instructional costs and services increased by 11.5% in 2007
versus 2006, and 16.5% in 2006 versus 2005. The following table
sets forth the increases in significant components of
instructional costs and services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2007 vs.
|
|
|
2006 vs.
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee compensation and related expenses
|
|
$
|
424.4
|
|
|
$
|
378.3
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
339.4
|
(1)
|
|
|
15.6
|
%
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Faculty compensation
|
|
|
236.9
|
|
|
|
212.3
|
|
|
|
195.1
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
Classroom lease expenses and depreciation
|
|
|
205.2
|
|
|
|
194.3
|
(1)
|
|
|
171.7
|
(1)
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
Other instructional costs and services
|
|
|
173.3
|
|
|
|
158.8
|
(1)
|
|
|
142.1
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
120.6
|
|
|
|
101.0
|
(1)
|
|
|
57.1
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
76.9
|
%
|
Financial aid processing costs
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
43.3
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
21.5
|
%
|
|
|
21.2
|
%
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
226.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
$
|
1,237.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,109.6
|
|
|
$
|
952.5
|
|
|
|
45.4
|
%
|
|
|
44.8
|
%
|
|
|
42.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with 2007
presentation.
|
Instructional costs and services as a percentage of tuition and
other revenue, net increased in 2007 versus 2006 due primarily
to an increase in bad debt expense and higher employee
compensation and related expenses. Bad debt expense increased as
a result of higher DSOs (38 days as of
August 31, 2007 compared to 31 days as of
August 31, 2006), longer receivable collection periods, and
higher write-offs primarily from our associates degree
program students. Employee compensation and related expenses
increased primarily to support the 10.5% increase in average
quarterly Degreed Enrollments.
Instructional costs and services as a percentage of tuition and
other revenue, net increased in 2006 versus 2005 due primarily
to an increase in bad debt expense. The increase is the result
of increased aged accounts receivable and write-offs as a result
of increased student withdrawals and an increase in Return
to Lender dollars for students who withdraw from UPX or
WIU. When a student withdraws from UPX or WIU, we are sometimes
required to return a certain portion of any disbursed student
financial aid loans to the lender (Return to Lender
dollars for Title IV recipients). We are generally entitled
to collect these funds from the students, but collection on
these receivables is significantly lower than receivables for
students who remain in our educational programs. During the
second half of our fiscal 2004 and the first quarter of 2005, we
were required by regulatory authorities to modify our Return to
Lender calculations when a student withdraws from UPX or WIU.
These changes forced us to return additional dollars to the
lenders than had previously been required. We attempt to collect
these funds from our students but as a result of the increased
Return to Lender dollars, our bad debt expense
significantly increased in 2006.
53
Selling
and Promotional Expenses
Selling and promotional expenses increased by 21.0% in 2007
versus 2006, and 12.2% in 2006 versus 2005. The following table
sets forth the increases in significant components of selling
and promotional expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2007 vs.
|
|
|
2006 vs.
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enrollment counselors compensation and related expenses
|
|
$
|
320.3
|
|
|
$
|
254.3
|
|
|
$
|
204.6
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
|
|
24.3
|
%
|
Advertising
|
|
|
277.7
|
|
|
|
231.6
|
|
|
|
224.0
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Other selling and promotional expenses
|
|
|
58.0
|
|
|
|
56.5
|
|
|
|
56.2
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.8
|
%
|
|
|
283.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and promotional expenses
|
|
$
|
659.1
|
|
|
$
|
544.7
|
|
|
$
|
485.4
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
21.0
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and promotional expenses increased as a percentage of
revenue in 2007 versus 2006 due primarily to an increase in the
number of enrollment counselors to support leads for our
Internet advertising campaign. During 2007, we experienced a
slight increase in our cost per New Degreed Enrollment (or
Starts) which is calculated by dividing total selling and
promotional expenses by the amount of new Starts for the year.
The hiring of an additional 600 enrollment counselors in the
fourth quarter of 2006 increased our enrollment counseler
compensation and related expenses. The productivity of these
counselors improved during 2007, and as a result, we have
experienced increased conversion rates. Also, in 2007 selling
and promotional expenses increased as a result of our continued
investment in Internet-based advertising campaigns and the
launch of our nationally televised branding campaign.
Selling and promotional expenses increased as a percentage of
revenue in 2006 versus 2005 due primarily to an increase in the
number of enrollment advisors to support leads for our Internet
advertising campaign and the establishment of a national
qualifying center for efficiency and timelines in lead
distribution. We also increased the entry-level pay for
enrollment advisors in an attempt to bring in more highly
qualified staff.
On August 8, 2007, we announced our intention to acquire
online advertising network Aptimus, Inc. (Nasdaq: APTM) for
$6.25 per share in an all-cash transaction valued at
approximately $47.6 million. This acquisition will serve to
advance our continuing efforts to enhance the efficacy of our
online advertising investments in support of our mission to
increase awareness of and access to quality education services.
The closing of the acquisition is subject to customary closing
conditions, including Aptimus shareholder approval. The
acquisition is expected to close in early fiscal 2008, after
Aptimus shareholder meeting scheduled for October 29,
2007.
54
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased by 31.7% in 2007
versus 2006, and 55.2% in 2006 versus 2005. The following table
sets forth the increases in significant components of general
and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2007 vs.
|
|
|
|
2006 vs.
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee compensation and related expenses
|
|
$
|
71.9
|
|
|
$
|
77.7
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
45.5
|
(1)
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
70.8
|
%
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
37.6
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
189.2
|
|
%
|
|
|
282.4
|
%
|
Legal, audit, and corporate insurance
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
Administrative space and depreciation
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
(1)
|
|
|
18.3
|
(1)
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
55.4
|
|
|
|
27.2
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
103.7
|
|
%
|
|
|
23.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
201.5
|
|
|
$
|
153.0
|
|
|
$
|
98.6
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
%
|
|
|
55.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with 2007
presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Line item included in above
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Former CEO severance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26.0
|
|
|
Employee compensation and related expenses
|
Stock option investigation / financial statement restatement
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
Stock option modifications
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
Fair value adjustment for former employee stock options
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
33.8
|
|
|
$
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For comparison purposes, the following table presents the
significant components of general and administrative expenses
excluding the special items listed in the table above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2007 vs.
|
|
|
|
2006 vs.
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee compensation and related expenses
|
|
$
|
71.9
|
|
|
$
|
51.7
|
|
|
$
|
45.5
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
%
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
25.5
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
96.2
|
|
%
|
|
|
282.4
|
%
|
Legal, audit, and corporate insurance
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
Administrative space and depreciation
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
%
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
%
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
167.7
|
|
|
$
|
125.4
|
|
|
$
|
98.6
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
%
|
|
|
27.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
Excluding the items above, general and administrative expense
was $167.7 million and $125.4 million in 2007 and
2006, or 6.2% and 5.1% of revenue, respectively. This compares
with 4.4% in 2005. The remaining increase in 2007 compared to
2006 is primarily related to higher employee headcount to
support our growth and higher share-based compensation expense.
The remaining increase in 2006 compared to 2005 is primarily due
to:
|
|
|
|
|
$3.9 million increase in legal, audit, and corporate
insurance expenses primarily due to legal defense costs
associated with class action complaints;
|
|
|
|
$9.6 million increase in share-based compensation charges
primarily resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R);
|
|
|
|
$3.5 million of increased administrative space and
depreciation costs due to higher information technology spending
primarily as a result of the opening of a new data center in
August 2005; and
|
|
|
|
other increases including increased employee headcount to
support our growth in 2006.
|
Goodwill
Impairment
As of August 31, 2006, we concluded that the goodwill for
our CFP business was impaired in the amount of
$20.2 million. This impairment was included in our Other
Schools segment. In performing our annual impairment test, we
assessed the recoverability of the goodwill by evaluating the
future discounted cash flows and the fair value of CFPs
tangible and intangible assets. The total discounted future cash
flows was determined to be significantly less than our original
expectations due to slower than forecasted revenue growth. There
are no other long-lived assets at CFP that we believe are
impaired.
Share-Based
Compensation Conversion of UPX Stock
Options
The conversion of UPX Online common stock on August 27,
2004, required us to record a share-based compensation charge
related to the conversion of UPX Online stock options into
Apollo Group Class A stock options. As required by Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) Statement
No. 00-23
Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation
under APB 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44
(EITF 00-23),
we recognized pre-tax share-based compensation expense of
$16.9 million in 2005 as options vested.
Interest
Income and Other, Net
Interest income and other, net increased $13.5 million in
2007 versus 2006, and $1.3 million in 2006 versus 2005. The
increase in 2007 was primarily due to increases in average cash
and cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities
balances and increases in average interest rates. The increase
in 2006 was primarily attributable to an increase in interest
rates partially offset by a decrease in average cash and cash
equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities.
Provision
for Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate decreased from 37.9% in 2006 to
37.8% in 2007. This slight decrease was the result of an
increase in tax exempt interest, partially offset by a reduction
in the state income tax rate. The decrease from 40.1% in 2005 to
37.9% in 2006 is primarily a result of a reduction in
non-deductible compensation and state taxes, combined with an
increase in tax-exempt interest.
Liquidity,
Capital Resources, and Financial Position
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe
that our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and
cash generated from operations will satisfy our working capital
needs, capital expenditures, stock repurchases, commitments,
acquisitions and other liquidity requirements associated with
our existing operations through at least the next 12 months
and the foreseeable future. We believe that the most strategic
uses of our cash resources include potential acquisition
opportunities including, over time our commitment to Apollo
Global, possible repurchase of shares, and
start-up
costs associated with new campuses.
56
Cash
Flows
Operating Activities.
Operating activities
provided $588.6 million in cash during 2007 compared to
$551.0 million in 2006. Included below is a summary of our
operating cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408.8
|
|
|
$
|
414.8
|
|
|
$
|
427.9
|
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
196.0
|
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
|
|
174.0
|
|
Changes in certain operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(16.2
|
)
|
|
|
(43.8
|
)
|
|
|
(52.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
588.6
|
|
|
$
|
551.0
|
|
|
$
|
549.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The most significant item in these operating cash flow
activities is our accounts receivable. We monitor our accounts
receivable through a variety of metrics, including days sales
outstanding (DSO). We calculate our DSO based on
determining average daily revenue based on a rolling twelve
month analysis and divide it into the gross student accounts
receivable balance as of the end of the period. We previously
reported that our DSO as of August 31, 2006 was
32 days. This was inaccurately reported due to a
miscalculation; the correct DSO was 31 days. DSO has
increased to 38 days as of August 31, 2007. The
increase in DSO during 2007 is primarily the result of longer
receivable collection periods and higher write-offs primarily
from our associates degree program students.
Investing Activities.
Investing activities
used $131.9 million in cash during 2007, compared to
providing $95.6 million in 2006. The 2007 amount primarily
includes $104.6 million of capital expenditures, which
includes $43.4 million related to the build-out of our new
corporate headquarters buildings in Phoenix, Arizona. This use
of cash is partially offset by net maturities of marketable
securities including auction-rate securities of
$46.0 million. The 2006 amount primarily includes net
maturities of marketable securities including auction-rate
securities of $216.2 million, partially offset by
$111.2 million of capital expenditures, including
$66.6 million for our new corporate headquarters. We expect
to spend $60.0 to $80.0 million on capital expenditures in
2008, of which approximately $5.0 to $15.0 million will be
utilized for our new corporate headquarters buildings.
On June 20, 2006, we entered into an option agreement
(which was amended in November 2006) with Macquarie
Riverpoint AZ, LLC (Macquarie). The option agreement
allows us to execute a sale and simultaneous leaseback of the
new corporate headquarters land and buildings located in
Phoenix, Arizona. We anticipate beginning to occupy these
buildings early in fiscal year 2008 and finishing construction
by the end of the second quarter of 2008. In the third quarter
of 2008, we anticipate executing the sale-leaseback option. When
the sale-leaseback option is exercised, we anticipate receiving
approximately $170 million in cash for the buildings and
land, and expect to generate a gain on the sale of approximately
$20-30 million. The gain will be deferred over the
12-year
term
of the lease agreement.
Financing Activities.
Financing activities
used $426.0 million of cash during 2007 compared to
$474.8 million in 2006. These amounts primarily relate to
repurchases of our Class A common stock, net of proceeds
from stock option exercises.
The Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase
outstanding shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock,
from time to time, depending on market conditions and other
considerations.
57
Shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock repurchased and
reissued, and the related total cost, for the last two years is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Total # of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid per
|
|
|
Available for
|
|
|
|
Repurchased
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Repurchase
|
|
|
(Numbers in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2005
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
$
|
645.7
|
|
|
$
|
73.23
|
|
|
$
|
51.0
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600.0
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
514.9
|
|
|
|
63.00
|
|
|
|
(514.9
|
)
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(106.6
|
)
|
|
|
69.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2006
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,054.0
|
|
|
$
|
68.23
|
|
|
$
|
136.1
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363.9
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
437.7
|
|
|
|
61.08
|
|
|
|
(437.7
|
)
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(30.3
|
)
|
|
|
67.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
22.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,461.4
|
|
|
$
|
65.94
|
|
|
$
|
62.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On October 5, 2007, the Board of Directors increased the
authorization to repurchase up to $500 million of Apollo
Group Class A common stock.
Contractual
Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments
The following table lists our contractual cash obligations as of
August 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Fiscal Year
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009-2010
|
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$
|
135.1
|
|
|
$
|
235.6
|
|
|
$
|
155.5
|
|
|
$
|
80.0
|
|
|
$
|
606.2
|
|
Stadium naming rights(1)
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
115.6
|
|
|
|
147.8
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
Purchase and other long-term obligations(2)
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
153.8
|
|
|
$
|
249.0
|
|
|
$
|
168.8
|
|
|
$
|
198.6
|
|
|
$
|
770.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amounts consist of an agreement for
20-year
naming rights to the Glendale, Arizona Sports Complex.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Amounts primarily consist of purchase obligations for
construction of buildings for future expansion and deferred
compensation payments due to John G. Sperling, our Founder.
|
We have no other material commercial commitments not included in
the above table.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 of our financial statements included in
Part II, Item 8, which is incorporated by reference in
this Part II, Item 7.
|
|
Item 7A
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
Impact of
Inflation
Inflation has not had a significant impact on our historical
operations.
58
Interest
Rate Risk
Our portfolio of marketable securities includes numerous
issuers, varying types of securities, and varying maturities. We
intend to hold all securities, other than auction-rate
securities, to maturity. During the fiscal year ended
August 31, 2007, interest income earned on our portfolio of
marketable securities would have decreased $4.0 to
$5.0 million due to a 100 basis point decrease in
interest rates. We manage this interest rate risk by monitoring
market conditions and the value of these assets. We have no
significant short-term or long-term debt; therefore, we do not
face any other significant interest rate risk.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
A substantial portion of credit extended to students is paid
through the students participation in various federal
financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as reauthorized (the Higher
Education Act), which we refer to as Title IV
programs. The following table summarizes our total
revenues from Title IV programs for the fiscal years ended
2007, 2006, and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Title IV funding received
|
|
$
|
1,765.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,536.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,345.4
|
|
Total tuition and other revenues, net
|
|
|
2,723.8
|
|
|
|
2,477.5
|
|
|
|
2,251.1
|
|
Total Title IV funding as a percentage of total revenue
|
|
|
64.8
|
%
|
|
|
62.0
|
%
|
|
|
59.8
|
%
|
We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students
enrolled. Receivables are not collateralized; however, credit
risk is reduced as the amounts owed by any individual student is
small relative to the total tuition receivable and the customer
base is geographically diverse.
59
|
|
Item 8
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
67-103
|
|
60
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Apollo Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Phoenix, Arizona
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Apollo Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as
of August 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in
shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended August 31, 2007. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Apollo Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2007
and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended
August 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based
Payment, on September 1, 2005.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
August 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission and our report dated October 29, 2007 expressed
an unqualified opinion on the Companys internal control
over financial reporting.
/s/ DELOITTE &
TOUCHE LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
October 29, 2007
61
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
339,319
|
|
|
$
|
309,058
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
296,469
|
|
|
|
238,267
|
|
Marketable securities, current portion
|
|
|
31,278
|
|
|
|
45,978
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
190,912
|
|
|
|
160,583
|
|
Deferred tax assets, current portion
|
|
|
50,885
|
|
|
|
32,622
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
16,515
|
|
|
|
16,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
925,378
|
|
|
|
802,932
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
364,207
|
|
|
|
328,440
|
|
Marketable securities, less current portion
|
|
|
22,084
|
|
|
|
53,692
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
29,633
|
|
|
|
16,891
|
|
Deferred tax assets, less current portion
|
|
|
80,077
|
|
|
|
53,131
|
|
Other assets (includes receivable from related party of $16,730
and $15,758 as of 2007 and 2006, respectively)
|
|
|
28,484
|
|
|
|
27,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,449,863
|
|
|
$
|
1,283,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity:
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
80,729
|
|
|
$
|
61,289
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
103,651
|
|
|
|
73,513
|
|
Current portion of long-term liabilities
|
|
|
21,093
|
|
|
|
23,101
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
43,351
|
|
|
|
47,812
|
|
Student deposits
|
|
|
328,008
|
|
|
|
254,130
|
|
Current portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
167,003
|
|
|
|
135,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
743,835
|
|
|
|
595,756
|
|
Deferred revenue, less current portion
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
Long-term liabilities, less current portion
|
|
|
71,893
|
|
|
|
82,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
816,023
|
|
|
|
678,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9, 12, 15, and 18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, no par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized;
none issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apollo Group Class A nonvoting common stock, no par value,
400,000,000 shares authorized; 188,007,000 issued as of
August 31, 2007 and 2006 and 165,844,000 and 172,558,000
outstanding as of August 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Apollo Group Class B voting common stock, no par value,
3,000,000 shares authorized; 475,000 issued and outstanding
as of August 31, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apollo Group Class A treasury stock, at cost, 22,163,000
and 15,449,000 shares as of August 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively
|
|
|
(1,461,368
|
)
|
|
|
(1,054,046
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
2,096,385
|
|
|
|
1,659,349
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(1,281
|
)
|
|
|
(1,034
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
633,840
|
|
|
|
604,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,449,863
|
|
|
$
|
1,283,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
62
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other, net
|
|
$
|
2,723,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,477,533
|
|
|
$
|
2,251,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
1,237,491
|
|
|
|
1,109,584
|
|
|
|
952,474
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
659,059
|
|
|
|
544,706
|
|
|
|
485,451
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
201,546
|
|
|
|
153,004
|
|
|
|
98,642
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
2,098,096
|
|
|
|
1,827,499
|
|
|
|
1,553,462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
625,697
|
|
|
|
650,034
|
|
|
|
697,652
|
|
Interest income and other, net
|
|
|
31,600
|
|
|
|
18,054
|
|
|
|
16,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
657,297
|
|
|
|
668,088
|
|
|
|
714,439
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
248,487
|
|
|
|
253,255
|
|
|
|
286,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share
|
|
$
|
2.37
|
|
|
$
|
2.38
|
|
|
$
|
2.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share
|
|
$
|
2.35
|
|
|
$
|
2.35
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
172,309
|
|
|
|
174,351
|
|
|
|
182,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
173,603
|
|
|
|
176,205
|
|
|
|
186,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Related to the August 27, 2004, conversion of UPX Online
common stock outstanding and stock options to Apollo Group
Class A common stock outstanding and stock options.
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
63
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
Other comprehensive income (net of tax):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation gain (loss)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
408,563
|
|
|
$
|
414,937
|
|
|
$
|
427,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
64
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apollo Group
|
|
|
Apollo Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Nonvoting
|
|
|
Class B Voting
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stated
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2004
|
|
|
187,570
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,804
|
|
|
$
|
868,622
|
|
|
$
|
(565
|
)
|
|
$
|
894,965
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,051
|
|
|
|
(808,192
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(808,192
|
)
|
Common and treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
8,928
|
|
|
|
1,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,245
|
|
Common and treasury stock issued under stock option plans
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,111
|
)
|
|
|
153,522
|
|
|
|
(95,448
|
)
|
|
|
(15,559
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,515
|
|
Tax benefits of stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,568
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,759
|
|
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
427,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
427,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2005
|
|
|
188,005
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,818
|
|
|
$
|
(645,742
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,280,996
|
|
|
$
|
(1,138
|
)
|
|
$
|
634,220
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,173
|
|
|
|
(514,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(514,931
|
)
|
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
10,102
|
|
|
|
(2,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,713
|
|
Treasury stock issued under stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,395
|
)
|
|
|
96,525
|
|
|
|
(38,787
|
)
|
|
|
(36,480
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,258
|
|
Tax benefits of stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,772
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,735
|
|
Cash paid for cancellation of vested stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
Conversion of Apollo Group Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common stock
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2006
|
|
|
188,007
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
15,449
|
|
|
$
|
(1,054,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,659,349
|
|
|
$
|
(1,034
|
)
|
|
$
|
604,373
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,167
|
|
|
|
(437,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(437,735
|
)
|
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
(605
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,532
|
|
Treasury stock issued under stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(352
|
)
|
|
|
23,605
|
|
|
|
(45,625
|
)
|
|
|
28,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,206
|
|
Tax benefits of stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
Settlement of liability-classified awards through the issuance
of treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
4,671
|
|
|
|
2,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,011
|
|
Cash settlement of stock options through tender offer repricing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,027
|
|
Reclassification of equity awards to a liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,800
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
408,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
408,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
188,007
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
22,163
|
|
|
$
|
(1,461,368
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,096,385
|
|
|
$
|
(1,281
|
)
|
|
$
|
633,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
65
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
54,027
|
|
|
|
27,735
|
|
|
|
7,864
|
|
Share-based compensation conversion of UPX Online
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,895
|
|
Tax benefits from stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,568
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
(4,022
|
)
|
|
|
(17,476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
71,115
|
|
|
|
67,290
|
|
|
|
45,592
|
|
Amortization of marketable securities discount and premium, net
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
|
3,586
|
|
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable
|
|
|
120,614
|
|
|
|
101,038
|
|
|
|
57,113
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(46,040
|
)
|
|
|
(19,705
|
)
|
|
|
333
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities excluding the impact of
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(150,943
|
)
|
|
|
(89,019
|
)
|
|
|
(99,902
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(1,912
|
)
|
|
|
5,609
|
|
|
|
(2,872
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
31,174
|
|
|
|
20,424
|
|
|
|
(20,078
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
(2,440
|
)
|
|
|
(1,579
|
)
|
|
|
4,355
|
|
Student deposits
|
|
|
73,878
|
|
|
|
11,455
|
|
|
|
31,008
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
31,003
|
|
|
|
1,947
|
|
|
|
26,288
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
3,090
|
|
|
|
7,322
|
|
|
|
8,921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
588,622
|
|
|
|
551,008
|
|
|
|
549,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property and equipment
|
|
|
(61,185
|
)
|
|
|
(44,629
|
)
|
|
|
(88,802
|
)
|
Purchase of land and buildings related to new headquarters
|
|
|
(43,366
|
)
|
|
|
(66,611
|
)
|
|
|
(5,680
|
)
|
Purchase of Insight Schools, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(15,079
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of marketable securities including auction-rate
securities
|
|
|
(1,575,635
|
)
|
|
|
(1,420,055
|
)
|
|
|
(475,009
|
)
|
Maturities of marketable securities including auction-rate
securities
|
|
|
1,621,636
|
|
|
|
1,636,283
|
|
|
|
761,654
|
|
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
|
|
|
(58,163
|
)
|
|
|
(6,530
|
)
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Purchase of other assets
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(2,881
|
)
|
|
|
(3,657
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(131,935
|
)
|
|
|
95,577
|
|
|
|
193,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of Apollo Group Class A common stock
|
|
|
(437,735
|
)
|
|
|
(514,931
|
)
|
|
|
(808,192
|
)
|
Issuance of Apollo Group Class A common stock
|
|
|
7,738
|
|
|
|
28,971
|
|
|
|
52,760
|
|
Cash paid for cancellation of vested options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
4,022
|
|
|
|
17,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(425,975
|
)
|
|
|
(474,815
|
)
|
|
|
(755,432
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation gain (loss)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
30,261
|
|
|
|
171,874
|
|
|
|
(12,895
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
309,058
|
|
|
|
137,184
|
|
|
|
150,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
339,319
|
|
|
$
|
309,058
|
|
|
$
|
137,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for income taxes
|
|
$
|
293,089
|
|
|
$
|
273,915
|
|
|
$
|
239,327
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credits received for tenant improvements
|
|
$
|
5,378
|
|
|
$
|
11,709
|
|
|
$
|
16,429
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable
|
|
$
|
6,169
|
|
|
$
|
12,934
|
|
|
$
|
2,352
|
|
Settlement of liability-classified awards through the issuance
of treasury stock
|
|
$
|
7,011
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Fair value adjustments for liability-classified awards
|
|
$
|
6,952
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
66
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
Note 1.
|
Nature of
Operations
|
Apollo Group, Inc. has been an education provider for more than
30 years, operating University of Phoenix, Inc.
(UPX), Institute for Professional Development, Inc.
(IPD), The College for Financial Planning Institutes
Corporation (CFP), Western International University,
Inc. (WIU) and Insight Schools, Inc.
(Insight), all of which are our wholly-owned
subsidiaries. We offer innovative and distinctive educational
programs and services at high school, college and graduate
levels, at campuses and learning centers, as well as online
throughout the world.
UPX has been accredited by The Higher Learning Commission
(HLC) of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools since 1978. UPX offers associates,
bachelors, masters, and doctoral degree programs at
local campuses and learning centers. UPX also offers these
educational programs worldwide through its online educational
delivery system.
WIU is accredited by HLC, and currently offers undergraduate and
graduate degree programs at local campuses in Arizona and
through various joint educational agreements, in China and India.
IPD provides program development and management consulting
services to regionally accredited private colleges and
universities (Client Institutions) that are
interested in expanding or developing their programs for working
students. IPD provides these services at colleges and learning
centers in exchange for a contractual share of the tuition
revenues generated from these programs.
CFP provides financial planning education programs, including
the Certified Financial Planner Professional Education Program
Certification; graduate degree programs in financial planning,
financial analysis, and finance; and certification programs in
retirement, asset management, and other financial planning
areas. CFP also offers some of its non-degree programs at UPX
campuses. CFP is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission
and is a member of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools.
On October 20, 2006, we completed the acquisition of
Insight. Insight operates an online high school and engages in
the business of servicing cyber high schools and other online
education. We acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Insight for $15.5 million.
Our fiscal year is from September 1 to August 31. Unless
otherwise stated, references to the years 2007, 2006 and 2005
relate to the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, respectively.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(GAAP) requires management to make certain estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amount of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from these estimates.
Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Apollo and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Revenue
Recognition
Our educational programs range in length from
one-day
seminars to degree programs lasting up to four years. Students
in the degree programs generally enroll in a program of study
encompassing a series of five- to nine-week courses taken
consecutively over the length of the program. Generally,
students are billed on a
course-by-course
basis when the student first attends a session, resulting in the
recording of a receivable from the student and deferred
67
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
revenue in the amount of the billing. Students generally fund
their education through grants
and/or
loans
under various Title IV programs, tuition assistance from
their employers, or personal funds.
Tuition and other revenue, net consists largely of tuition and
fees associated with different educational programs as well as
related educational resources such as access to online
materials. Tuition and other revenues are shown net of
discounts. Tuition benefits for our employees and their eligible
dependents are included in tuition revenue and as a part of
employee benefit expense. Total employee tuition benefits were
$63.8 million, $52.9 million and $48.2 million
for the years ended 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The following table presents the most significant components as
percentages of total tuition and other, net revenue for the
years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition revenue
|
|
$
|
2,553,075
|
|
|
|
94
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,304,288
|
|
|
|
93
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,114,082
|
|
|
|
94
|
%
|
IPD services revenue
|
|
|
73,577
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
74,442
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
69,564
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Application and related fees
|
|
|
27,596
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
33,795
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
36,381
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Online course material revenue
|
|
|
160,973
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
138,661
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
104,528
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
21,018
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
31,728
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
33,786
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, gross
|
|
|
2,836,239
|
|
|
|
104
|
%
|
|
|
2,582,914
|
|
|
|
104
|
%
|
|
|
2,358,341
|
|
|
|
105
|
%
|
Less: Discounts
|
|
|
(112,446
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(105,381
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(107,227
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, net
|
|
$
|
2,723,793
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,477,533
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,251,114
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition revenue
encompasses both online and
classroom-based learning. Tuition revenue is recognized pro
rata, on a weekly basis, over the period of instruction as
services are delivered to students. During certain periods of
the year and in certain businesses, we adjust our revenue
recognition to account for holiday breaks such as Christmas and
Thanksgiving.
IPD services revenue
consist of the contractual share of
tuition revenues from students enrolled in IPD programs at
Client Institutions. IPD contracts with Client Institutions to
provide services including, but not limited to, management
consulting and training; program development; program
administration; instructor and student recruiting; and student
accounting, collection and recordkeeping. The contractual share
varies by contract and may change over time. Our contractual
share ranges between 30% and 50%. Contracts generally have terms
of 10 years with provisions for renewal. The portion of
service revenue to which we are entitled under the terms of the
contracts is recognized on a pro rata basis over the service
period.
Application and related fees
consist of the fees students
pay when submitting an enrollment application. Both the fees and
the application costs related to the expenses associated with
processing the applications are deferred and recognized over the
average length of time it takes for a student to complete a
program of study.
Online course material revenue
relates to online course
materials delivered to students over the period of instruction.
Revenue associated with these materials is recognized pro rata
over the period of the related course to correspond with
delivery of the materials to students.
Other revenue
is primarily composed of non-tuition
generating revenues, such as renting classroom space and other
student support services. This revenue is recognized as these
services are provided.
Discounts
include a variety of promotional programs
including military discounts, special promotional incentives
designed to generate new student enrollment, early payment
discounts and other incentives.
68
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Generally, tuition and other revenue, net vary from period to
period based on several factors, including (1) the
aggregate number of students attending classes, (2) the
number of classes held during the period, and (3) the
tuition price per credit hour.
Tuition and other revenue, net exclude any applicable state and
city sales taxes. Upon conclusion of a taxable transaction, the
amount of tax collected is withheld and subsequently paid to the
appropriate taxing jurisdiction.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
A substantial portion of credit extended to students is paid
through the students participation in various federal
financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as reauthorized (the Higher
Education Act), which we refer to as Title IV
programs. The following table summarizes total revenues
from Title IV programs for the fiscal years ended 2007,
2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Title IV funding received
|
|
$
|
1,765,642
|
|
|
$
|
1,536,616
|
|
|
$
|
1,345,405
|
|
Total tuition and other revenues, net
|
|
|
2,723,793
|
|
|
|
2,477,533
|
|
|
|
2,251,114
|
|
Total Title IV funding as a percentage of total revenue
|
|
|
64.8
|
%
|
|
|
62.0
|
%
|
|
|
59.8
|
%
|
All federal financial aid programs are established by the Higher
Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Higher
Education Act has an expiration date; in the past, if Congress
did not reauthorize the Higher Education Act before its
expiration date, Congress extended the authorization of the
Higher Education Act. The Higher Education Act is set to expire
on October 31, 2007.
The Higher Education Act specifies the manner in which the
U.S. Department of Education reviews institutions for
eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV
programs. Every educational institution involved in
Title IV programs must be certified to participate and is
required to periodically renew this certification. UPX was
recertified in June 2003 and its current certification for the
Title IV programs expired in June 2007. However, in March
2007, UPX submitted its Title IV program participation
recertification application to the U.S. Department of
Education. We have been collaborating with the
U.S. Department of Education regarding the UPX
recertification application. Although we have submitted our
application for renewal, we are continuing to supply additional
follow-up
information based on requests from the Department of Education.
Our eligibility continues on a month-to-month basis until the
U.S. Department of Education issues its decision on the
application. A month-to-month status is not unusual considering
the process is multi-faceted and iterative. We have no reason to
believe that the application will not be renewed and expect that
the renewal process will be completed satisfactorily. WIU was
recertified in October 2003 and its current certification for
the Title IV programs expires in June 2009.
We are subject to annual compliance audits as well as reviews by
the U.S. Department of Education. We believe that we are in
compliance with Title IV requirements.
We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students
enrolled. Receivables are not collateralized; however, credit
risk is reduced as the amount owed by any individual student is
small relative to the total tuition receivable and the customer
base is geographically diverse.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We reduce accounts receivable by an allowance for amounts that
may become uncollectible in the future. Estimates are used in
determining the allowance for doubtful accounts and are based on
historical collection experience and current trends. In
determining these amounts, we look at the historical write-offs
of our receivables. We monitor our collections and write-off
experience to assess whether adjustments are necessary. When a
student with Title IV loans withdraws from UPX or WIU, we
are sometimes required to return a portion of Title IV
funds to the lenders. We are generally entitled to collect these
funds from the students, but collection of these receivables is
69
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
significantly lower than our collection of receivables for
students who remain in our educational programs. An increase in
the amount of funds returned to the lenders and a lower
collection rate are factored into the determination of an
appropriate allowance amount. Management periodically evaluates
the standard allowance estimation methodology for propriety and
modifies as necessary. In doing so, we believe our allowance for
doubtful accounts reflects the most recent collections
experience and is responsive to changes in trends. Our accounts
receivable are written off once the account is deemed to be
uncollectible. This typically occurs once we have exhausted all
efforts to collect the account, which include collection
attempts by our employees and outside collection agencies.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market
funds, bank overnight deposits, and tax-exempt commercial paper,
which are all placed with high-credit-quality institutions. We
have not experienced any losses on our cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash
A significant portion of our revenue is received from students
who participate in government financial aid and assistance
programs. Restricted cash primarily represents amounts received
from the federal and state governments under various student aid
grant and loan programs, such as Title IV program funds.
These funds are received subsequent to the completion of the
authorization and disbursement process for the benefit of the
student. The U.S. Department of Education requires
Title IV program funds collected in advance of student
billings to be kept in separate cash or cash equivalent accounts
until the students are billed for that portion of their program.
We record these amounts as restricted cash. On average, the
majority of these funds remains as restricted cash for a period
between 60 and 90 days from date of receipt. Restricted
cash is excluded from cash and cash equivalents in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash Flows until
the cash is no longer restricted. Our restricted cash is
primarily invested in municipal bonds and
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises with maturities of
90 days or less.
Marketable
Securities
Marketable securities consist of auction-rate securities,
municipal bonds, U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and
corporate obligations. We account for marketable securities in
accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities (SFAS 115). Marketable
securities with a maturity date greater than one year are
considered noncurrent, while all other marketable securities are
considered current. We have the ability and intention to hold
our marketable securities, other than auction-rate securities,
until maturity and therefore classify these investments as
held-to-maturity, reported at amortized cost. Auction-rate
securities with auction or reset dates prior to the maturity
date of the underlying security are classified as current and
available-for-sale and are reported at amortized cost, which
approximates the estimated market value. Interest and dividend
income, including the amortizations of the premium and discount,
are included in interest income and other, net in our
Consolidated Statements of Income.
Property
and Equipment, net
Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Furniture, equipment, and software is depreciated
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the related assets, which range from three to five years.
Leasehold improvements and tenant improvement allowances are
amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the
lease term or the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
Construction in progress is recorded at cost until the
corresponding asset is placed into service and depreciation
begins. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
70
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
We capitalize certain internal software development costs in
accordance with Statement of Position (SOP)
98-1,
Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use. Such costs consist primarily of
the direct labor associated with building the internally
developed software. Capitalized costs are amortized using the
straight-line method over the estimated lives of the software,
not to exceed five years.
SOP 98-1
describes three stages of software development projects: the
preliminary project stage (all costs expensed as incurred), the
application development stage (certain costs capitalized,
certain costs expensed as incurred), and the
post-implementation/operation stage (all costs expensed as
incurred). The costs capitalized in the application development
stage include the costs of designing the chosen path, coding,
installation of hardware, and testing. We capitalize costs
incurred during the development phase of the project as
permitted.
Goodwill
Goodwill is primarily the result of our acquisitions of CFP and
Insight. SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), addresses
goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful
lives and prescribes that these assets will not be amortized,
but instead tested for impairment at least annually or more
frequently if circumstances arise indicating potential
impairment. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit
containing goodwill exceeds the fair value of that reporting
unit, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the
implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the
carrying amount of the goodwill. This pronouncement provides
specific guidance on performing impairment tests for goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangibles.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill
requires judgment. In assessing the fair value of our reporting
units, we make estimates about the future cash flows of our
reporting units. Our cash flow forecast is based on assumptions
that are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to
manage the underlying businesses. Other factors we consider
include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance
relative to expected historical or projected future operating
results, significant changes in the manner or use of the
acquired assets or the overall business strategy, and
significant negative industry or economic trends. If our
estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be
required to record non-cash impairment charges for these assets.
In addition, we make certain judgments about allocating shared
assets and liabilities to the balance sheets for our reporting
units. We have engaged a third-party valuation expert to assist
in evaluating the fair values of our reporting units. We have
selected August 31 and May 31 as the dates on which we perform
our annual goodwill impairment tests for CFP and Insight,
respectively. Based on our goodwill impairment tests, no
impairments in goodwill were recorded during 2007.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
(SFAS 144), we evaluate the carrying amount of
our major long-lived assets whenever changes in circumstances or
events indicate that the value of such assets may not be fully
recoverable. Our major long-lived asset as of August 31,
2007 is property and equipment. We believe the carrying amounts
are fully recoverable and no impairment exists.
Insurance
Reserves
We record liabilities for claims and related expenses that are
estimable and probable related to our self-insured medical and
dental insurance programs in accordance with the contractual
terms of the insurance policies. Accounting for insurance
liabilities that are self-insured involves uncertainty, because
estimates and judgments are used to determine the liability to
be recorded for reported claims and claims incurred but not
reported. We consider our historical experience in determining
the appropriate insurance reserves to record in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. If the current claim trends were to differ
significantly from our historic claim experience, a
corresponding adjustment would be made to the insurance reserves.
71
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Share-Based
Compensation
On September 1, 2005, we adopted the provisions of
SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment (SFAS 123(R)). In March 2005, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107
(SAB 107) relating to SFAS 123(R), which
we applied in our adoption of SFAS 123(R). SFAS 123(R)
requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense
for all share-based awards issued to employees and directors,
based on estimated fair values of the share award on the date of
grant. We adopted the fair value recognition provisions of
SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition
method, which requires compensation expense to be recorded for
all share-based awards granted after September 1, 2005 and
for all unvested stock options outstanding as of
September 1, 2005. For all unvested options outstanding as
of September 1, 2005, the remaining unrecognized
compensation expense, based on the fair value as determined
under the provisions of SFAS 123, will be recognized as
share-based compensation in the Consolidated Statements of
Income over the remaining vesting period. For share-based awards
granted subsequent to September 1, 2005, compensation
expense is based on the fair value as determined under the
provisions of SFAS 123(R) and will be recognized in the
Consolidated Statements of Income over the vesting period. Under
the modified prospective transition method, prior periods are
not restated for the effect of SFAS 123(R).
SFAS 123(R) requires us to calculate the fair value of
share-based awards on the date of grant. We use the
Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model (BSM) to
estimate fair value. The BSM requires us to estimate key
assumptions such as expected life, volatility, risk-free
interest rates and dividend yield to determine the fair value of
share-based awards, based on both historical information and
management judgment regarding market factors and trends. We
amortize the share-based compensation expense over the period
that the awards are expected to vest, net of estimated
forfeiture rates. If the actual forfeitures differ from
management estimates, additional adjustments to compensation
expense are recorded.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method
in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities
and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted laws and tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
includes the enactment date. Management judgment is required in
determining the provision for income taxes and, in particular,
whether or not a valuation allowance should be recorded against
our deferred tax assets.
Earnings
per Share
Earnings per share have been calculated in accordance with
SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share
(SFAS 128). Basic earnings per share is
calculated using the weighted average number of Apollo Group
Class A and Class B common shares outstanding during
the period. Diluted income per share is calculated similarly
except that it includes the dilutive effect of the assumed
exercise of options and restricted stock units issuable under
our stock option plans. The amount of any tax benefit to be
credited to additional paid-in capital related to the exercise
of options is included when applying the treasury stock method
to stock options in the computation of earnings per share.
Leases
We lease substantially all of our administrative and educational
facilities under operating lease agreements. Most lease
agreements contain renewal options, tenant improvement
allowances, rent holidays,
and/or
rent
escalation clauses. In accordance with SFAS No. 13
Accounting for Leases (SFAS 13), in
instances in which
72
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
one or more of these items are included in a lease agreement, we
record a deferred rent asset or liability on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets and record the rent expense evenly over the term
of the lease. All tenant improvement allowances that are spent
on leasehold activities are reflected under investing activities
as additions to property and equipment on the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows. Credits received against rent for
tenant improvement allowances are reflected as a component of
non-cash investing activities on the Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows. Lease terms generally range from five to ten years
with one to two renewal options for extended terms. For leases
with renewal options, we record rent expense and amortize the
leasehold improvements on a straight-line basis over the initial
non-cancelable lease term (in instances where the lease term is
shorter than the economic life of the asset) when we do not
believe that the renewal of the option is reasonably assured. We
are also required to make additional payments under operating
lease terms for taxes, insurance, and other operating expenses
incurred during the operating lease period. We also lease
facility space from time to time on a short-term basis in order
to provide specific courses or programs.
Rental deposits are provided for lease agreements that specify
payments in advance or deposits held in security that are
refundable, less any damages at lease end.
Selling
and Promotional Costs
Selling and promotional costs consist primarily of compensation
and employee benefits for enrollment counselors, management and
support staff, corporate marketing, advertising, stadium naming
rights, production of marketing materials, and other costs
related to selling and promotional functions. We expense selling
and promotional costs as incurred.
Start-Up
Costs
Costs such as advertising, marketing, temporary services,
employee relocation, and supplies related to the
start-up
of
new campuses and learning centers are expensed as incurred.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The financial position and results of operations for our foreign
operations are measured using the local currency as the
functional currency. The assets and liabilities of these
operations are translated to U.S. dollars using exchange
rates in effect at the balance sheet dates. Income and expense
items are translated at monthly average rates of exchange. The
resulting translation adjustments are included in the component
of Shareholders Equity designated as accumulated other
comprehensive income.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, certain
marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable
approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these
financial instruments.
The related party receivable represents a promissory note due
from Dr. John G. Sperling, the founder and Acting Executive
Chairman of the Board, as described in Note 13. The note
was executed on December 14, 2001 in an arms-length
transaction and accrues interest at a fixed annual rate of six
percent. The carrying value of the related party receivable
reasonably approximates its fair value, as determined by
applying historical index adjusted interest rates to the
outstanding balance between the execution date and
August 31, 2007.
Loss
Contingencies
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies (SFAS 5), when we become
aware of a claim or potential claim, the likelihood of any loss
or exposure is assessed. If it is probable that a loss will
result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated,
we record a liability for the loss. The liability recorded
includes
73
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
probable and estimable legal costs associated with the claim or
potential claim. If the loss is not probable or the amount of
the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we disclose the claim
if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and
the amount is material. For matters where no loss contingency is
recorded, our policy is to expense legal fees as incurred.
Certain
Reclassifications
We revised the presentation of certain information
technology-related expense items between instructional costs and
services and general and administrative expenses. The net effect
of the reclassification was an increase in general and
administrative expenses in the amount of $3.1 million and
$4.1 million for fiscal years ended 2006 and 2005,
respectively, and an offsetting decrease in instructional costs
and services.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting
for uncertainty in income taxes by prescribing a recognition
threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected
to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides
guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, and disclosure.
FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2006. We are in the process of evaluating the
impact FIN 48 will have on our financial condition and
results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157).
SFAS 157 provides a single definition of fair value, along
with a framework for measuring it. It also requires additional
disclosure about using fair value to measure assets and
liabilities. It is effective for financial statements issued for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim
periods. We are currently evaluating the impact SFAS 157
will have on our financial condition and results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115 (SFAS 159). Under SFAS 159,
companies have an opportunity to use fair value measurements in
financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure
many financial instruments and certain other items at fair
value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently
evaluating the impact SFAS 159 will have on our financial
condition and results of operations.
74
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 3.
|
Marketable
Securities
|
Marketable securities are reflected at amortized cost in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and consist of the
following as of August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Holding
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Holding
|
|
Type
|
|
Market Value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Market Value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classified as current and available-for-sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction-rate securities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,300
|
|
|
$
|
3,300
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classified as current and held-to-maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal bonds
|
|
|
16,193
|
|
|
|
16,278
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
21,550
|
|
|
|
21,679
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
14,825
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
20,698
|
|
|
|
20,999
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Corporate obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,018
|
|
|
|
31,278
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
42,248
|
|
|
|
42,678
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total classified as current
|
|
|
31,018
|
|
|
|
31,278
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
45,548
|
|
|
|
45,978
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classified as noncurrent and held-to-maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Municipal bonds due in
1-3 years
|
|
|
3,060
|
|
|
|
3,096
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
19,397
|
|
|
|
19,711
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
11,796
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
25,630
|
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
1,370
|
|
Corporate obligations
|
|
|
6,397
|
|
|
|
6,988
|
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
|
6,145
|
|
|
|
6,981
|
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total classified as noncurrent
|
|
|
21,253
|
|
|
|
22,084
|
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
|
51,172
|
|
|
|
53,692
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketable securities
|
|
$
|
52,271
|
|
|
$
|
53,362
|
|
|
$
|
1,091
|
|
|
$
|
96,720
|
|
|
$
|
99,670
|
|
|
$
|
2,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction-Rate Securities:
Auction-rate
securities have an underlying component of long-term debt or
equity. Auction-rate securities trade or mature on a shorter
term than the underlying debt or equity based on an auction bid
that resets the interest rate of the security. The auction or
reset dates occur at intervals that are generally between 7 and
90 days of the purchase. These securities provide a higher
interest rate than similar securities and provide high liquidity
to otherwise longer-term investments. Our intent is to invest in
auction-rate securities throughout the fiscal year to maximize
our yield, but to liquidate these securities prior to quarterly
or annual reporting dates. As of August 31, 2006, we were
unable to liquidate all of our auction-rate securities, as shown
above. Auction-rate securities are classified as
available-for-sale. As of August 31, 2007, all auction-rate
securities have been liquidated.
Municipal Bonds:
Municipal bonds represent
debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn federally tax-exempt interest.
We have the ability and intention to hold municipal bonds until
maturity and therefore classify these investments as
held-to-maturity, reported at amortized cost. Based on the
nature of the investments and the intent and ability to hold
them to maturity, we have not recorded an impairment as of
August 31, 2007 because we believe the unrecognized holding
loss is temporary.
U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprises:
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises are fixed-income
investments that include the Federal Farm Credit Note, Federal
Home Loan Banks, and Federal National Mortgage Association
(Fannie Mae). We have the ability and intention to hold
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises until
75
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
maturity and therefore classify these investments as
held-to-maturity, reported at amortized cost. Based on the
nature of the investments and the intent and ability to hold
them to maturity, we have not recorded an impairment as of
August 31, 2007 because we believe the unrecognized holding
loss is temporary.
Corporate Obligations:
Corporate obligations
include secured commercial paper with the Royal Bank of Canada.
We have the ability and intention to hold corporate obligations
until maturity and therefore classify these investments as
held-to-maturity, reported at amortized cost. Based on the
nature of the investments and the intent and ability to hold
them to maturity, we have not recorded an impairment as of
August 31, 2007 because we believe the unrecognized holding
loss is temporary.
Marketable securities are exposed to various risks and rewards,
such as interest rate, market and credit risk. Due to these
risks and rewards associated with marketable security
investments, it is possible that changes in the values of these
investments may occur and that such changes could affect the
amounts reported on the balance sheet. We hold investments in
certain debt securities with the following aggregate maturities
as of August 31, 2007 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held-to-Maturity
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Year
|
|
Market Value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
31,018
|
|
|
$
|
31,278
|
|
2009 to 2013
|
|
|
21,253
|
|
|
|
22,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
52,271
|
|
|
$
|
53,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For fiscal years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively, proceeds from the liquidation of
available-for-sale securities, at par value, were
$582.5 million, $463.3 million and
$309.5 million, respectively. The cost of liquidated
securities is based on the specific identification method.
|
|
Note 4.
|
Accounts
Receivable, net
|
Accounts receivable, net consist of the following as of August
31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
281,834
|
|
|
$
|
214,257
|
|
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(99,818
|
)
|
|
|
(65,184
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net student accounts receivable
|
|
|
182,016
|
|
|
|
149,073
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
8,896
|
|
|
|
11,510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
190,912
|
|
|
$
|
160,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition accounts receivable is composed primarily of amounts due
from students.
76
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Bad debt expense is included in Instructional Costs and Services
in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The following table
summarizes the activity in the related allowance for doubtful
accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning allowance for doubtful accounts balance
|
|
$
|
65,184
|
|
|
$
|
45,785
|
|
|
$
|
23,909
|
|
Charged to bad debt expense
|
|
|
120,614
|
|
|
|
101,038
|
|
|
|
57,113
|
|
Write-offs, net of recoveries
|
|
|
(85,980
|
)
|
|
|
(81,639
|
)
|
|
|
(35,237
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending allowance for doubtful accounts balance
|
|
$
|
99,818
|
|
|
$
|
65,184
|
|
|
$
|
45,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5. Other
Assets
Other assets consist of the following as of August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
$
|
19,943
|
|
|
$
|
20,683
|
|
Related party receivable
|
|
|
16,730
|
|
|
|
15,758
|
|
Other investments
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,835
|
|
Textbook inventories, deposits and other
|
|
|
4,993
|
|
|
|
4,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets
|
|
|
44,999
|
|
|
|
44,343
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(16,515
|
)
|
|
|
(16,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term other assets
|
|
$
|
28,484
|
|
|
$
|
27,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The related party receivable represents a promissory note due
from Dr. John G. Sperling. See Note 13 below.
Other investments represent an investment in a related entity,
Apollo International, Inc., recorded at cost (as described in
Note 13) and investments in venture capital funds,
recorded at cost.
|
|
Note 6.
|
Property
and Equipment, net
|
Property and equipment, net consist of the following as of
August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and equipment
|
|
$
|
310,532
|
|
|
$
|
304,146
|
|
Software
|
|
|
100,693
|
|
|
|
82,206
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
89,628
|
|
|
|
96,097
|
|
Tenant improvement allowances
|
|
|
109,547
|
|
|
|
94,756
|
|
Land
|
|
|
21,803
|
|
|
|
21,619
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(401,962
|
)
|
|
|
(356,092
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciable property and equipment, net
|
|
|
230,241
|
|
|
|
242,732
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
133,966
|
|
|
|
85,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
364,207
|
|
|
$
|
328,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Construction in progress primarily represents total cumulative
costs related to the construction of our new corporate
headquarters in Phoenix, Arizona, which is expected to be
completed in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008. We have
entered into an option agreement to execute a sale-leaseback of
this new corporate headquarters building (see Note 15).
Depreciation is not recorded on construction in progress assets
until they are placed into service.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $71.1 million,
$67.3 million and $45.6 million for the fiscal years
ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
|
|
Note 7.
|
Accrued
Liabilities
|
Accrued liabilities consist of the following as of August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries, wages, and benefits
|
|
$
|
48,407
|
|
|
$
|
23,040
|
|
Accrued advertising
|
|
|
23,900
|
|
|
|
22,512
|
|
Accrued professional fees
|
|
|
11,826
|
|
|
|
9,888
|
|
Student refunds, grants and scholarships
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
11,848
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
|
6,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
103,651
|
|
|
$
|
73,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries, wages, and benefits represent amounts due to
employees, faculty and third parties for salaries, bonuses,
vacation pay, and health insurance. Also included in this amount
is $16.4 million as of August 31, 2007 for modified
stock options held by former employees accounted for as
liability awards. See Note 12 for a more detailed
discussion of this amount. Accrued advertising represents
amounts due for Internet marketing, direct mail campaigns, and
print and broadcast advertising. Accrued professional fees
represent amounts due to third parties for outsourced student
financial aid processing and other accrued professional and
legal obligations. Student refunds, grants and scholarships
represent amounts due to students for tuition refunds, federal
and state grants payable, scholarships, and other related items.
Other accrued liabilities primarily includes sales and business
taxes.
|
|
Note 8.
|
Long-Term
Liabilities
|
Long-term liabilities consist of the following as of August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent and other lease incentives
|
|
$
|
77,755
|
|
|
$
|
86,310
|
|
Deferred gains on sale-leasebacks
|
|
|
10,602
|
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
Deferred compensation agreement with Dr. John G. Sperling
|
|
|
2,197
|
|
|
|
2,090
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
2,432
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
92,986
|
|
|
|
105,593
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(21,093
|
)
|
|
|
(23,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
$
|
71,893
|
|
|
$
|
82,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent and other lease incentives represent amounts
included in lease agreements and are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Deferred gains
on sale-leasebacks are deferred and recognized over the
respective lease terms. The deferred compensation agreement
relates to an agreement between the Company and
78
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Dr. John G. Sperling. Other long-term liabilities include
primarily capital lease obligations and a long-term software
maintenance contract.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities result primarily from
temporary differences in book versus tax basis accounting.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as
of August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
39,324
|
|
|
$
|
24,368
|
|
Deferred tuition revenue
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
|
540
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
6,223
|
|
|
|
5,658
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
63,049
|
|
|
|
41,139
|
|
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback
|
|
|
3,899
|
|
|
|
4,226
|
|
Deferred tenant improvement allowances
|
|
|
17,289
|
|
|
|
20,285
|
|
Other
|
|
|
15,271
|
|
|
|
13,278
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,665
|
)
|
|
|
(2,050
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
142,997
|
|
|
|
107,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of fixed assets
|
|
|
9,361
|
|
|
|
20,458
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
1,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
12,035
|
|
|
|
21,691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
130,962
|
|
|
$
|
85,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets are reflected in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows, as of August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
50,885
|
|
|
$
|
32,622
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities), net
|
|
|
80,077
|
|
|
|
53,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
130,962
|
|
|
$
|
85,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have recorded a non-current valuation allowance related to
foreign tax credit carryforwards, as it is more likely than not
that these credits will expire unutilized. In light of our
history of profitable operations, management has concluded that
it is more likely than not that we will ultimately realize the
full benefit of our deferred tax assets other than the foreign
tax credits mentioned above. Accordingly, we believe that a
valuation allowance should not be recorded for our remaining net
deferred tax assets. The foreign tax credits will begin to
expire August 31, 2012 through August 31, 2017.
79
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The related components of the income tax provision (benefit) are
as follows for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
253,048
|
|
|
$
|
226,578
|
|
|
$
|
237,717
|
|
State and other
|
|
|
42,294
|
|
|
|
46,185
|
|
|
|
48,071
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
296,007
|
|
|
|
272,763
|
|
|
|
285,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(43,236
|
)
|
|
|
(17,364
|
)
|
|
|
652
|
|
State and other
|
|
|
(4,076
|
)
|
|
|
(2,144
|
)
|
|
|
66
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
(47,520
|
)
|
|
|
(19,508
|
)
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
248,487
|
|
|
$
|
253,255
|
|
|
$
|
286,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes differs from the tax computed
using the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate as a
result of the following items for the years ended
August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
Non-deductible compensation
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Tax-exempt interest
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
Other, net
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
37.8
|
%
|
|
|
37.9
|
%
|
|
|
40.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible compensation is composed of amounts limited by
IRC Section 162(m) and related interest and penalties.
Certain tax deductions in prior years with respect to
compensation attributable to the exercise of certain stock
options by executive officers may be in question. Under IRC
Section 162(m), the amount of such deduction per covered
executive officer is limited to $1.0 million per year,
except to the extent the compensation qualifies as performance
based. Compensation attributable to options with revised
measurements dates may not have qualified as performance-based
compensation. Accordingly, we may have claimed deductions with
respect to those exercised options that were in excess of the
limit imposed under IRC Section 162(m). As a result, we
have accrued our best estimate, representing the high end of our
estimated potential exposure, with respect to uncertain tax
positions, including interest and penalties for the taxable
years 2003 through 2007 (which are currently our only open years
subject to adjustment for federal tax purposes) of approximately
$44.6 million as of August 31, 2007. For prior periods
where a liability existed and where the statute of limitations
has expired, the accrual relating to that period has been
reversed in the period in which the statute expired.
80
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 10.
|
Shareholders
Equity
|
Treasury
Stock
The Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase
outstanding shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock,
from time to time, depending on market conditions and other
considerations, in the open market.
Shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock repurchased and
reissued, and the related total cost, for the last three years
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Value
|
|
|
|
Total # of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Available for
|
|
|
|
Repurchased
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Paid per Share
|
|
|
Repurchase
|
|
|
(Numbers in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
109,215
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
11,051
|
|
|
|
808,192
|
|
|
|
73.13
|
|
|
|
(808,192
|
)
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(2,233
|
)
|
|
|
(162,450
|
)
|
|
|
72.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2005
|
|
|
8,818
|
|
|
$
|
645,742
|
|
|
$
|
73.23
|
|
|
$
|
51,023
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
8,173
|
|
|
|
514,931
|
|
|
|
63.00
|
|
|
|
(514,931
|
)
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(1,542
|
)
|
|
|
(106,627
|
)
|
|
|
69.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2006
|
|
|
15,449
|
|
|
$
|
1,054,046
|
|
|
$
|
68.23
|
|
|
$
|
136,092
|
|
New authorizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363,908
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
7,167
|
|
|
|
437,735
|
|
|
|
61.08
|
|
|
|
(437,735
|
)
|
Shares reissued
|
|
|
(453
|
)
|
|
|
(30,413
|
)
|
|
|
67.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
22,163
|
|
|
$
|
1,461,368
|
|
|
$
|
65.94
|
|
|
$
|
62,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On October 5, 2007, the Board of Directors increased the
authorization to repurchase up to $500 million of Apollo
Group Class A common stock.
Cancellation
of Executive Officer Stock Options
On January 11, 2006, Todd S. Nelson, the former Chief
Executive Officer and President (Former CEO),
resigned as a director and an officer. As part of his Separation
Agreement dated January 11, 2006, we paid the Former CEO
$32.3 million on January 26, 2006, which was primarily
in exchange for the cancellation of all of his outstanding
vested and unvested stock options. The separation agreement
resulted in compensation expense of $26.0 million recorded
in general and administrative expenses and a reduction of
additional paid-in capital of $6.3 million, which
represents the fair value of the canceled options.
81
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 11.
|
Earnings
Per Share
|
Apollo
Group Class A Common Stock
A reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share
computations for our common stock is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
(Numbers in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
|
172,309
|
|
|
$
|
2.37
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
|
174,351
|
|
|
$
|
2.38
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
|
|
182,928
|
|
|
$
|
2.34
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,854
|
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share
|
|
$
|
408,810
|
|
|
|
173,603
|
|
|
$
|
2.35
|
|
|
$
|
414,833
|
|
|
|
176,205
|
|
|
$
|
2.35
|
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
|
|
186,066
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding include the
incremental effect of shares that would be issued upon the
assumed exercise of stock options. For the years ended
August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately 6,321,800,
4,322,000 and 97,000, respectively, of our stock options
outstanding were excluded from the calculation of diluted
earnings per share because the exercise prices of the stock
options were greater than or equal to the average share price
for the year, and, therefore, their inclusion would have been
anti-dilutive. These options could be dilutive in the future if
the average share price increases and is greater than the
exercise price of these options.
Note 12. Employee
and Director Benefit Plans
401(k)
Plan
We sponsor a 401(k) plan for certain qualifying employees which
provides for employee contributions. Participant contributions
are subject to certain restrictions as set forth in the Internal
Revenue Code. Upon completion of one year of service and
1,000 hours worked, we match 30% of the eligible
participants contributions up to 15% of the
participants gross compensation per paycheck. Our matching
contributions totaled $6.7 million, $5.6 million and
$4.6 million for the fiscal years ended August 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Conversion
of UPX Online Stock Options and Common Stock
On March 24, 2000, our Board of Directors authorized the
issuance of a new class of stock called UPX Online common stock,
to reflect the separate performance of UPX Online, a campus
within UPX. On October 3, 2000, an offering of
5,750,000 shares of UPX Online common stock was completed
at a price of $14.00 per share.
Our Articles of Incorporation (Articles) gave us the
right, at any time, to convert shares of UPX Online common stock
to shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock. On
August 6, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the
conversion of each share of UPX Online common stock to shares of
Apollo Group Class A common stock effective August 27,
2004. In accordance with the terms of the Articles, each
outstanding share of UPX Online common stock was converted into
1.11527 shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock as
of August 27, 2004. The conversion resulted in the issuance
of approximately 16.6 million new shares of Apollo Group
Class A common stock. In addition, each unexercised option
to purchase UPX Online common stock as of August 27, 2004,
was converted into 1.0766 options to purchase Apollo Group
Class A common stock. The conversion ratio was based upon
the relative market value of Apollo Group Class A common
stock and UPX Online common stock.
82
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As required by Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
Statement
No. 00-23
Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation
under APB Opinion No. 25 and FASB Interpretation
No. 44
(EITF 00-23),
we recognized pre-tax share-based compensation expense of
$16.9 million in 2005 as the options vested.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
Our Third Amended and Restated 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
allows our employees to purchase shares of Apollo Group
Class A common stock at quarterly intervals through
periodic payroll deductions at a price per share equal to 95% of
the fair market value on the purchase date. Prior to the
amendment and restatement of the Purchase Plan on
October 1, 2005, the Apollo Group, Inc. Second Amended and
Restated 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan allowed our employees
to purchase shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock
and, during the period it was outstanding, UPX Online common
stock, at a purchase price per share, in general, that was 85%
of the lower of (1) the fair market value (as defined) on
the start date of each quarterly offering period or (2) the
fair market value on the purchase date for that period.
Share-Based
Compensation Plans
We have three share-based compensation plans: the Apollo Group,
Inc. Second Amended and Restated Director Stock Plan
(DSP), the Long Term Incentive Plan
(LTIP) and the 2000 Incentive Stock Plan
(2SIP).
The DSP provided for an annual grant to our non-employee
directors of options to purchase shares of Apollo Group
Class A common stock on September 1 of each year through
2003. No additional options are available for issuance under
this plan.
Under the LTIP, we may grant non-qualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock units, and other
share-based awards in Apollo Group Class A common stock to
certain officers, key employees, or directors. Most of the
options granted under the LTIP vest 25% per year over four
years. The vesting may be accelerated for certain grants if
certain operational goals are met.
Under the 2SIP, we may grant non-qualified stock options,
incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock units, and other share-based awards in Apollo Group
Class A common stock to certain officers, key employees, or
directors. Most of the options granted under the 2SIP vest 25%
per year over four years and options have contractual terms of
10 years or less. For certain grants, vesting may be tied
to the attainment of prescribed performance goals, or the
service vesting requirements for those grants may be accelerated
if certain performance goals are attained.
Under all of the above Plans, the exercise price for stock
options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of
the common stock on the date of grant. Options are granted for
terms of up to ten years and can vest over periods from six
months up to four years. The requisite service period for all
options is equal to the vesting period. Under the Plans
currently in effect (the LTIP and 2SIP), we are authorized to
grant up to 35.8 million shares of common stock in the
aggregate. Shares issued under the Plans are issued from
treasury shares or our authorized but unissued capital stock. As
of August 31, 2007, approximately 16.4 million
authorized and unissued shares of common stock are reserved for
issuance under the LTIP and the 2SIP.
Restatement
of Share-Based Compensation and Stock Option
Modifications
In May 2007, we restated prior period financial results due to
errors that occurred in the accounting for share-based
compensation (Restatement). As a result of the
Restatement, we had to take the following actions with respect
to certain outstanding options under the Plans.
83
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
409A
Modifications
On June 12, 2007, we commenced a formal Tender Offer
(the Tender Offer) which allowed our employees to
tender certain erroneously priced stock options for amendment in
order to avoid adverse tax consequences under IRC
Section 409A. More than 900 employees participated in
the Tender Offer. Pursuant to the Tender Offer, the exercise
price per share in effect for each tendered option was amended
to the lower of (i) the fair market value per share of our
Class A common stock on the revised measurement date
determined for that option for financial accounting purposes or
(ii) the closing price per share of such common stock on
July 13, 2007, the date on which the option was amended
pursuant to the Tender Offer. Each participant who had an option
with an exercise price that was amended became entitled to
receive a special cash bonus (the Cash Bonus) with
respect to that option. The Cash Bonus is equal to the number of
shares amended times the increase in the exercise price and will
be paid the first regularly scheduled payroll date in January
2008. However, if the adjusted exercise price would have been
the same or lower than the original exercise price, then that
option was canceled and immediately replaced with a new option
that was exactly the same as the canceled option, and no Cash
Bonus became payable with respect to that option. Such
cancellation and re-grant was necessary to satisfy the
requirements of Section 409A
Our Section 16 Officers were not included in the Tender
Offer above, but were included in another 409A amendment program
similar to that of the Tender Offer. The exercise price of their
options were amended in accordance with the same formula used
for the Tender Offer, except that the closing price of our
Class A common stock on July 27, 2007 represented the
price on the amendment date.
Per the terms of these programs, which included over
900 employees, the exercise prices on more than
0.4 million option grants were amended and approximately
1.6 million shares were canceled and regranted with the
same exercise prices. The other terms of the stock option grants
remained the same. We recognized incremental compensation cost
of $0.7 million due to the modifications of these awards.
The Cash Bonus totaled approximately $1.0 million and will
be paid out on the first regularly scheduled payroll date after
January 1, 2008.
Extension
of Exercise Terms
On January 12, 2007, the Compensation Committee of our
Board of Directors approved a resolution to modify the
post-termination exercise period for stock option grants held by
approximately 50 individuals. These modifications allowed former
employees, including officers, terminated on or after
November 3, 2006 an additional period of time in which to
exercise options that were in-the-money as of the end of the
normal 90 day post-termination exercise period in effect
for those options. This extension was provided because we were
unable, during the financial statement restatement process, to
allow option exercises and sales of our Class A common
stock to such individuals in compliance with the applicable
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. Absent the extension, the options would have expired
prior to those individuals having the opportunity to exercise,
since the 90 day post-termination exercise period would
have expired prior to us completing our financial statement
restatement process.
As a result of these modifications, we recorded a non-cash
charge to share based compensation of $12.1 million during
the second quarter of 2007, recorded in general and
administrative expenses. In addition, the modified awards held
by former employees who terminated prior to the January 12,
2007 modification are subject to the provisions of EITF Issue
No. 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed
to, and Potentially Settled in, a Companys Own Stock
(EITF 00-19).
Of the $12.1 million in expense recognized upon
modification of the awards, $11.8 million related to awards
subject to the provisions of
EITF 00-19,
under which, these awards are classified as liabilities and
reported in Accrued Liabilities in our condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets.
EITF 00-19
also requires that we report the awards classified as
liabilities at their fair value as of each balance sheet date.
Any increase or decrease in this fair value is recorded in
general and administrative expense in our condensed Consolidated
Statements of Income. During year ended August 31, 2007, we
recorded expense for fair value adjustments of
$7.0 million. The exercise prices of the approximately
400,000 options subject to
84
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
EITF 00-19
as of August 31, 2007 range between $6.50 and $41.92.
During the first quarter of 2008, all such options were either
exercised or forfeited.
Apollo
Group Class A Stock Options
A summary of the activity and changes related to stock options
to purchase Apollo Group Class A common stock granted under
the DSP, the LTIP, and the 2SIP is as follows:
Summary
of Stock Options Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Term (Years)
|
|
|
Value ($)(1)
|
|
|
(Numbers in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of August 31, 2004
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
|
$
|
28.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
71.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(2,505
|
)
|
|
|
16.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
46.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of August 31, 2005
|
|
|
8,716
|
|
|
|
38.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
57.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,395
|
)
|
|
|
15.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired
|
|
|
(1,871
|
)
|
|
|
61.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of August 31, 2006
|
|
|
9,324
|
|
|
|
44.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
7,089
|
(2)
|
|
|
58.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(409
|
)
|
|
|
26.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited, canceled or expired
|
|
|
(2,635
|
)(2)
|
|
|
64.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
13,369
|
|
|
|
48.90
|
|
|
|
5.51
|
|
|
$
|
154,554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
48.15
|
|
|
|
5.41
|
|
|
$
|
150,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
6,277
|
|
|
|
40.79
|
|
|
|
4.57
|
|
|
$
|
130,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for issuance as of August 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of the
Companys closing stock price on August 31, 2007
($58.67) in excess of the exercise price multiplied by the
number of options outstanding or exercisable.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes 1,647 shares that were canceled and regranted per
the terms of the Tender Offer and 409A Section 16 Program.
|
As of August 31, 2007, there was approximately
$135.7 million of total unrecognized share-based
compensation cost related to unvested share-based awards granted
under our share-based compensation plans. These costs are
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
2.96 years.
Stock
Option Grant
On March 31, 2007, we entered into an employment contract
with Mr. Gregory W. Cappelli who was appointed Executive
Vice President, Global Strategy and Assistant to the Chairman.
Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Cappelli
was granted 1,000,000 options to purchase shares of Class A
common stock on May 25,
85
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
2007 at an exercise price of $48.47 which was the closing price
of the stock on that day. These options are subject to a four
year graded vesting schedule with one quarter of the awards
vesting at each anniversary of Mr. Cappellis
commencement of employment with Apollo Group on April 2,
2007. The following assumptions were used to derive the fair
value of the option grant:
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
32.5
|
%
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
The fair value of the option grant was $16.8 million. This
amount will be expensed over the expected vesting period using
the accelerated recognition method due to the fact that the
award contained a performance condition.
Also pursuant to his employment agreement, on September 4,
2007, Mr. Cappelli received a restricted stock unit award
(RSU) covering 113,896 shares of Class A
common stock, with a value of $5.0 million based on the
closing price of our Class A Common Stock on the day
preceeding Mr. Cappellis commencement of employment.
These RSUs are subject to a four year graded vesting schedule
with one quarter of the awards vesting at each anniversary of
Mr. Cappellis commencement of employment with Apollo
Group on April 2, 2007. Also on September 4, 2007,
Mr. Cappelli received options for 149,711 shares of
Class A common stock, with an aggregate fair value of
approximately $3.0 million (Equalization
Grant). An option for an additional 1,058 shares was
granted to Mr. Cappelli on October 5, 2007. The terms
of the Equalization Grant are the same as those of the option
grant discussed above. Because the RSU and Equalization Grant
contain a performance condition, and the service inception date
of April 2, 2007, precedes the grant date of
September 4, 2007, we began recognizing expense for these
awards as of the service inception date.
The following table summarizes information related to
outstanding and exercisable options as of August 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Avg.
|
|
|
Weighted Avg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Avg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Range of
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercise Prices
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
(Options in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$6.50 to $23.33
|
|
|
2,410
|
|
|
|
2.60
|
|
|
$
|
13.46
|
|
|
|
2,376
|
|
|
$
|
13.49
|
|
$26.25 to $51.33
|
|
|
3,692
|
|
|
|
6.68
|
|
|
|
47.12
|
|
|
|
1,433
|
|
|
|
42.48
|
|
$51.67 to $57.54
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
|
|
51.81
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
51.74
|
|
$58.03 to $58.03
|
|
|
4,126
|
|
|
|
5.61
|
|
|
|
58.03
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
58.03
|
|
$58.43 to $71.23
|
|
|
2,864
|
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
|
|
65.36
|
|
|
|
2,184
|
|
|
|
65.19
|
|
$72.00 to $91.00
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
4.35
|
|
|
|
78.98
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
79.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$6.50 to $91.00
|
|
|
13,369
|
|
|
|
5.51
|
|
|
|
48.90
|
|
|
|
6,277
|
|
|
|
40.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information related to stock
options exercised for the years ended August 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts related to options exercised:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intrinsic value realized by optionee
|
|
$
|
10,824
|
|
|
$
|
58,962
|
|
|
$
|
150,466
|
|
Actual tax benefit realized by Company for tax deductions
|
|
$
|
2,095
|
|
|
$
|
19,161
|
|
|
$
|
47,640
|
|
86
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
We issue shares of treasury stock upon exercise of stock
options. Cash received from stock option exercises during the
year ended August 31, 2007 totaled approximately
$10.9 million.
Board
of Directors Share Issuance
On May 15, 2007, holders of our Class B common stock
increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the
2000 Stock Incentive Plan (2SIP) by 5.0 million
shares.
Restricted
Stock Unit Awards
During 2007, we granted restricted stock units
(RSUs) covering shares of our Class A common
stock with service vesting conditions to our board of director
members and with service and performance vesting conditions to
our officers. SFAS 123(R) requires that the grant-date fair
value of RSUs be equal to the market price of the share on the
date of grant if vesting is based on a service or a performance
condition. The grant-date fair value of the RSU awards that are
subject to both a service and a performance condition are being
expensed over the vesting period since the performance condition
is considered probable. The vesting period of the awards granted
to the board of director members was approximately three months
and the vesting period of the awards granted to officers range
from approximately three to four years with a pro rata
percentage of the shares vesting on an annual anniversary date.
Restricted
Stock Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
(Numbers in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested balance at August 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
58.03
|
|
Vested and released
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
58.03
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested balance at August 31, 2007
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
$
|
58.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2007, there was approximately
$21.3 million of total unrecognized share-based
compensation cost related to unvested RSUs. These costs are
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
2.37 years. The total fair value of RSUs vested during 2007
was approximately $0.8 million. We did not issue RSUs prior
to 2007; thus, no restricted stock vested during 2006 or 2005.
87
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Adoption
of SFAS 123(R) on September 1, 2005
The table below outlines the effects on share-based compensation
expense for fiscal years ended August 31, 2007 and 2006 as
a result of adopting SFAS 123(R):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2007
|
|
|
August 31, 2006
|
|
|
(Numbers in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
$
|
13,346
|
|
|
$
|
12,418
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
3,069
|
|
|
|
2,287
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
37,612
|
|
|
|
13,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense included in operating
expenses
|
|
|
54,027
|
|
|
|
27,735
|
|
Tax effect of share-based compensation
|
|
|
(21,189
|
)
|
|
|
(10,986
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax
|
|
$
|
32,838
|
|
|
$
|
16,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SFAS 123(R)
Assumptions
Fair Value
We use the BSM to estimate the
fair value of our options as of the grant dates using the
following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value
|
|
$
|
18.84
|
|
|
$
|
26.06
|
|
|
$
|
20.98
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
32.7
|
%
|
|
|
34.6
|
%
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Expected Volatility
We use an average of our
historical volatility and the implied volatility of long-lived
call options to estimate expected volatility consistent with
SFAS 123(R) and SAB 107. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), we had used an estimate based on our
historical volatility for purposes of our pro forma disclosure.
Expected Life (years)
Beginning on
September 1, 2005, the expected life was determined taking
into account both the contractual term of the option and the
effects of employees expected exercise behavior, including
the post-termination expiration provisions of the plans. Where
applicable, the expected life has been determined using the
simplified method pursuant to SAB 107. Prior to
September 1, 2005, the expected life was determined based
on an analysis of historical exercise behavior and management
judgment.
Risk-Free Interest Rate
We use the
U.S. constant maturity treasury rates as the risk-free rate
interpolated between the years commensurate with the expected
life assumptions.
Dividend Yield
The dividend yield assumption
is based on the fact that we have not historically paid
dividends and do not expect to pay dividends in the future.
Forfeitures
Forfeitures are estimated at the
time of grant based on historical forfeiture activity adjusted
for any known nonrecurring activity. If necessary, management
estimates are trued up at the end of each vesting period if
actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
Expected Vesting Period
We amortize the
share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, over the
expected vesting period using the accelerated recognition method
for pre-September 1, 2005 grants and the straight-
88
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
line method for awards with only service conditions and the
graded vesting attribution method for awards with performance
conditions for post-September 1, 2005 grants in accordance
with SFAS 123(R).
Pro
forma Disclosures under SFAS 123 prior to September 1,
2005
Prior to adopting SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock
options under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees (APB 25), and its related
Interpretations, as permitted by SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
(SFAS 123).
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and
earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition
provisions of SFAS 123 to options granted under our stock
option plans for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005. For
purposes of the pro forma disclosure, under SFAS 123, the
fair value of the options is estimated using the BSM and the
expense is amortized over the options vesting periods, and
forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
427,933
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense intrinsic value as
reported under APB 25: UPX Online converted options, net of tax
|
|
|
10,176
|
|
Share-based compensation expense intrinsic value as
reported under APB 25: all other options, net of tax
|
|
|
4,737
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense fair value as
determined under SFAS 123: all options, net of tax
|
|
|
(29,712
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
413,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
2.34
|
|
Basic pro forma
|
|
$
|
2.26
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
Diluted pro forma
|
|
$
|
2.22
|
|
|
|
Note 13.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Dr. John
G. Sperling Note Receivable
In August 1998, we, together with Hughes Network Systems and
Hermes Onetouch, LLC (Hermes), formed Interactive
Distance Learning, Inc. (IDL), a new corporation, to
acquire One Touch Systems, a provider of interactive distance
learning solutions. We contributed $10.8 million in October
1999 and $1.2 million in December 1999, in exchange for a
19% interest in IDL. We accounted for our investment in IDL
under the cost method. Hermes is owned by Dr. John G.
Sperling.
On December 14, 2001, Hermes acquired our investment in IDL
in exchange for a promissory note in the principal amount of
$11.9 million, which represented the related carrying
value. The promissory note accrues interest at a fixed annual
rate of six percent and is due at the earlier of
December 14, 2021 or nine months after
Dr. Sperlings death. The promissory note is included
in other assets as a receivable from a related party in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2007 and 2006.
89
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Apollo
International, Inc.
As of August 31, 2007, we directly own 3.78% of the
preferred stock of Apollo International, Inc. (Apollo
International), which provides educational products and
services in Brazil, India, and The Netherlands. Dr. John G.
Sperling was a director of Apollo International until November
2005. In addition, we beneficially own shares of Apollo
International stock indirectly through our 4% investment in a
venture capital fund (see Note 5) that owns 17% of
Apollo International stock. During fiscal 2007 we received
shareholder distributions in the amount of $600,000.
India:
Effective September 2002, we, through
WIU, entered into an agreement with Apollo International that
allows for WIUs educational offerings to be made available
in India through a joint venture between Apollo International
and K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Private Limited
(Modi). The joint venture company is named Modi
Apollo International Group Private Limited (MAIGPL).
Apollo International is responsible for the relationship with
the entities in India that are offering the WIU programs while
WIU maintains the educational content and other academic aspects
of the programs pursuant to an agreement with Apollo
International. WIU received $207,000, $170,000 and $156,000
during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively, in connection with its agreement with Apollo
International.
The Netherlands:
Effective October 1,
2005, we acquired certain assets of Apollo Internationals
campus in The Netherlands for a nominal amount.
Governmental
Advocates, Inc.
Effective July 1, 1989, we entered into an agreement with
Governmental Advocates, Inc. to provide consulting services to
us with respect to matters concerning legislation, regulations,
public policy, electoral politics, and any other topics of
concern to us relating to state government in the state of
California. Hedy F. Govenar, a director of UPX and a former
director of Apollo, is the founder and Chairwoman of
Governmental Advocates, Inc. On June 1, 2007, we renewed
this agreement for an additional one year. Pursuant to the
agreement, we paid consulting fees to Governmental Advocates,
Inc. of $120,000 per year for the years ended August 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005.
Yo
Pegasus, LLC
Yo Pegasus, LLC (Yo Pegasus), an entity controlled
by Dr. John G. Sperling, leases an aircraft to us as well
as to other entities. Payments to Yo Pegasus for our business
use of the airplane, including airplane usage, fuel, travel
expenses and flight attendants, during the years ended
August 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, were $329,000, $378,000,
and $421,000, respectively, and are included in general and
administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of
Income. Beginning in 2005, and through May 2007, the pilots were
employed by us and the costs of salaries and fringe benefits
were paid through our payroll and are included in general and
administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of
Income. The cost to us, including payments made to Yo Pegasus
and the cost of pilots wages (including fringe benefits)
during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were
$505,000, $565,000, and $595,000, respectively. Although the
pilots are no longer our employees, we continue our use of the
aircraft under a new arrangement.
The
Kronos Group
We have entered into a sublease with The Kronos Group, an entity
controlled by Dr. John G. Sperling, to lease
56,410 square feet of office space in Tempe, Arizona, for
the period from July 1, 2006, to November 30, 2007. We
can extend the sublease for additional
30-day
periods until February 29, 2008. Payments to this entity
during the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2006, were
$933,000 and $152,000.
Deferred
Compensation Agreement with Dr. John G.
Sperling
See Note 8.
90
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 14.
|
Business
Acquisitions and Goodwill Impairment
|
During August 2007, we announced our intention to acquire online
advertising network Aptimus for $6.25 per share in an all-cash
transaction valued at approximately $47.6 million. This
acquisition will serve to advance our continuing efforts to
enhance the efficacy of our online advertising investments in
support of our mission to increase awareness of and access to
quality education services. The closing of the acquisition is
subject to customary closing conditions, including Aptimus
shareholder approval. We anticipate the acquisition closing
during our first fiscal quarter of 2008, after Aptimus
shareholder meeting scheduled for October 29, 2007.
On October 20, 2006, we completed the acquisition of
Insight by purchasing all of its outstanding common stock for
$15.5 million. The purchase price included the payment of
seller transaction fees, the repayment of certain existing
indebtedness, payment of employee sale bonuses, and payments to
option holders, warrant holders, and convertible note holders.
Insight operates an online high school and engages in the
business of servicing cyber high schools and providing other
online education. This acquisition allows us to expand into the
online charter high school market. The acquisition has been
accounted for using the purchase method in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,
Business Combinations. As a result of the
acquisition, goodwill increased by $12.7 million. In
addition, we recorded $2.7 million in identifiable
intangible assets related to a non-compete agreement, trade
name, and an existing service contract. The intangible assets
are being amortized over a five-year life. Insight is included
in our Other Schools reportable segment. The results of
Insights operations have been included in our consolidated
financial statements since October 20, 2006. Pro forma
financial data for Insight is not required as it is not material.
As of August 31, 2006, we concluded that the goodwill for
CFP was impaired in the amount of $20.2 million. This
impairment was included in our Other Schools segment. In
performing our annual impairment test, we assessed the
recoverability of the goodwill by evaluating the future
discounted cash flows and the fair value of CFPs tangible
and intangible assets. The total discounted future cash flows
was determined to be significantly less than our original
expectations due to slower-than-forecasted revenue growth. After
the impairment charge, the remaining goodwill totaled
$16.9 million. We conducted an impairment test for
CFPs goodwill during 2007 and concluded that no impairment
exists.
|
|
Note 15.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
We are subject to various claims and contingencies in the
ordinary course of business, including those related to
regulation, litigation, business transactions, employee-related
matters, and taxes, among others. While the outcomes of these
matters are uncertain, management does not expect that the
ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material
adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
Guarantees
We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors for
certain events or occurrences. The maximum potential amount of
future payments we could be required to make under these
indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have
director and officer liability insurance policies that limit our
exposure and enable us to recover a portion of any future
amounts paid. As a result of our insurance policy coverage,
management believes the estimated fair value of these
indemnification agreements is minimal.
91
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Lease
Commitments
We are obligated under property and equipment leases that have
been classified as operating leases. The following is a schedule
of future minimum lease commitments as of August 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
135,113
|
|
2009
|
|
|
125,164
|
|
2010
|
|
|
110,479
|
|
2011
|
|
|
92,063
|
|
2012
|
|
|
63,418
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
79,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
606,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facility and equipment expense under operating leases totaled
$150.0 million, $141.2 million and $107.6 million
for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
We have entered into five separate sale-leaseback agreements
with unrelated third parties. These agreements were related to
property located throughout Phoenix, Arizona, which we currently
used to support our operations. The property is subject to
ten-year lease terms expiring between 2010 and 2014. In total we
received approximately $46.2 million in cash for the
property, which generated a combined gain of approximately
$17.5 million that is being deferred over the respective
lease terms. We recognized total gains in our income statement
of $1.7 million, $1.5 million and $1.7 million in
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The balance of the total
deferred gain was $10.6 million as of August 31, 2007
and $12.3 million as of August 31, 2006 and is
included in long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Sale-Leaseback
Option
On June 20, 2006, we entered into an option agreement
(which was amended in November 2006) with Macquarie
Riverpoint AZ, LLC (Macquarie). The option agreement
allows us to execute a sale and simultaneous leaseback of the
new corporate headquarters land and buildings located in
Phoenix, Arizona. We anticipate beginning to occupy these
buildings early in fiscal year 2008 and finishing construction
by the end of the second quarter of 2008. In the third quarter
of 2008, we anticipate executing the sale-leaseback option. When
the sale-leaseback option is exercised, we anticipate receiving
approximately $170 million in cash for the buildings and
land, and expect to generate a gain on the sale of approximately
$20-30 million. The gain will be deferred over the
12-year
term
of the lease agreement.
Naming
Rights to Glendale, Arizona Sports Complex
On September 22, 2006, we entered into an agreement with
New Cardinals Stadium LLC, B&B Holdings, Inc., an unrelated
third party doing business as the Arizona Cardinals, for UPX
naming rights on a stadium in Glendale, Arizona, which is home
to the Arizona Cardinals National Football League football club.
The naming rights include signage, advertising and other
promotional benefits. The initial agreement term is
20 years with options to extend. Pursuant to the agreement,
we were required to pay a total of $5.8 million for the
2006 contract year, which is increased 3% per year until 2026.
Other payments apply if certain events occur, such as the
Cardinals playing in the Super Bowl or if there are sold-out
home games.
92
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Internal
Revenue Service Audit
On September 13, 2006, the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) commenced an audit of our U.S. federal
income tax returns for the fiscal years ended August 31,
2003 through 2005 for income and deductions previously claimed
by us, including deductions potentially limited by IRC
Section 162(m). Certain tax deductions in prior years with
respect to compensation attributable to the exercise of certain
stock options by executive officers may be in question. Under
IRC Section 162(m), the amount of such deduction per
covered executive officer is limited to $1.0 million per
year, except to the extent the compensation qualifies as
performance-based. Compensation attributable to options with
revised measurement dates may not have qualified as
performance-based compensation. Accordingly, we may have claimed
deductions with respect to those exercised options that were in
excess of the limit imposed under IRC Section 162(m). As a
result, we have accrued our best estimate, representing the high
end of our estimated potential exposure, with respect to
uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties for
the taxable years 2003 through 2007 (which are currently our
only open years subject to adjustment for federal tax purposes),
of approximately $44.6 million as of August 31, 2007.
For prior periods where a liability existed and where the
statute of limitations has expired, the accrual relating to that
period has been reversed in the period in which the statute
expired. In addition, the IRS audit may result in additional
tax, penalties and interest, the amount of which may or may not
be material, but this will not be known until the IRS audit is
complete. We do not anticipate that the IRS audit will be
complete prior to the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, and it
may extend past such quarter, depending on the issues raised by
the IRS with respect to such years.
Contingencies
Related to Litigation and Other Proceedings
The following is a description of pending litigation and other
proceedings that fall outside the scope of ordinary and routine
litigation incidental to our business.
Pending
Litigation
Incentive
Compensation Qui Tam Action
On August 29, 2003, the Company was notified that a qui tam
action had been filed against it on March 7, 2003, in the
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of California
by two current employees on behalf of themselves and the federal
government. When the federal government declines to intervene in
a qui tam action, as it has done in this case, the relators may
elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal
government and, if they are successful, receive a portion of the
federal governments recovery. The qui tam action alleges,
among other things, violations of the False Claims Act,
31 U.S.C. § 3729(a)(1) and (2), by UPX for
submission of a knowingly false or fraudulent claim for payment
or approval, and knowingly false records or statements to get a
false or fraudulent claim paid or approved in connection with
federal student aid programs, and asserts that UPX improperly
compensates its employees. On or about October 20, 2003, a
motion to dismiss the action was filed and was subsequently
granted with leave to amend the complaint. Subsequently, a
second amended complaint was filed on or about March 3,
2004. A motion to dismiss this amended complaint was filed on or
about March 22, 2004, and the case was subsequently
dismissed with prejudice. On June 11, 2004, an appeal was
filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
On September 5, 2006, the Ninth Circuit reversed the ruling
of the district court and held that the relators had adequately
alleged the elements of a False Claims Act cause of action. On
January 22, 2007, UPX filed a Petition for Writ of
Certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court. On April 23,
2007, the U.S. Supreme Court denied UPXs petition. As
a result, the case has been remanded to the District Court in
accordance with the order of the Ninth Circuit. In addition, on
March 23, 2007, UPX filed a motion in the District Court to
dismiss the complaint on the grounds that the September 7,
2004, settlement agreement between UPX and the
U.S. Department of Education constituted an alternate
remedy under the False Claims Act. That motion was denied on
August 20, 2007. UPX has filed a motion seeking
certification of the Courts order for purposes of bringing
an interlocutory appeal. The District Court has issued a
Scheduling Order pursuant to which trial is set for September
2009. Rule 26 disclosures have been made and discovery is
proceeding. While the outcome of this legal proceeding is
uncertain,
93
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
management does not expect a material adverse effect on the
Companys business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from this action. In
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Axia Qui
Tam Action
On August 15, 2005, a relator filed a qui tam complaint
under seal in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Columbia. On April 12, 2006, the DOJ filed The
Governments Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in
this qui tam lawsuit and on June 15, 2006, the court
entered an order unsealing the complaint. An amended complaint
was served on or about November 1, 2006. On
November 15, 2006, the relator filed a Voluntary Notice of
Dismissal. On November 17, 2006, the court ordered that the
relator comply with the statutory requirements for dismissal of
a qui tam False Claims Act action by December 1, 2006. On
December 1, 2006, the United States consented to the
dismissal of the action with prejudice as to the relator, so
long as the dismissal is without prejudice as to the United
States. On February 2, 2007, the court ordered the United
States to articulate its reasons for consenting to the dismissal
of the action. On February 21, 2007, the United States
filed a Statement of Reasons for Consenting to Dismissal. While
the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management
does not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
Securities
Class Action
On approximately October 12, 2004, a class action complaint
was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Arizona, captioned
Sekuk Global Enterprises
et al v. Apollo Group, Inc. et al
, Case
No. CV
04-2147
PHX
NVW. A second class action complaint making similar allegations
was filed on or about October 18, 2004, in the
U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, captioned
Christopher Carmona et al v. Apollo Group, Inc. et
al
, Case No. CV
04-2204
PHX
EHC. A third class action complaint making similar allegations
was filed on or about October 28, 2004, in the
U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, captioned
Jack B. McBride et al v. Apollo Group, Inc. et
al
, Case No. CV
04-2334
PHX
LOA. The court consolidated the three pending class action
complaints under the caption
In re Apollo Group, Inc.
Securities Litigation
, Case
No. CV04-2147-PHX-JAT
and a consolidated class action complaint was filed on
May 16, 2005 by the lead plaintiff. Lead plaintiff purports
to represent a class of the Companys shareholders who
acquired their shares between February 27, 2004 and
September 14, 2004, and seeks monetary damages in
unspecified amounts. Lead plaintiff alleges violations of
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and
Rule 10b-5
promulgated under the Act by the Company for defendants
issuance of allegedly materially false and misleading statements
in connection with their failure to publicly disclose the
contents of the U.S. Department of Educations program
review report. A motion to dismiss the consolidated class action
complaint was filed on June 15, 2005, on behalf of Apollo
Group, Inc. and the individual named defendants. The court
denied the motion to dismiss on October 18, 2005 and
discovery commenced. The parties conducted discovery from
October 2005 until discovery closed on February 16, 2007.
On March 9, 2007, both parties filed motions for summary
judgment. Opposition briefs were filed on May 11, 2007 and
reply briefs were filed on June 8, 2007. The court denied
both summary judgment motions on September 12, 2007. The
case remains set for trial on November 14, 2007. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
Alaska
Electrical Pension Fund Derivative Action
On September 5, 2006, the Alaska Electrical Pension Fund
filed a shareholder derivative suit in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Arizona, alleging on behalf of the
Company that certain of the Companys current and former
officers and directors engaged in misconduct regarding stock
option grants. Similar derivative
94
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
complaints were filed in the same Court on or about
September 19, 2006 and November 11, 2006 by other
purported shareholders of the Company, and the three cases were
consolidated by the Court under the caption Alaska Electrical
Pension Fund v. Sperling, Case
No. CV06-02124-PHX-ROS,
on January 9, 2007. The defendants in the consolidated case
are the Company, J. Jorge Klor de Alva, Daniel E. Bachus, John
M. Blair, Dino J. DeConcini, Anthony F. Digiovanni, Kenda B.
Gonzales, Hedy F. Govenar, Brian E. Mueller, Todd S. Nelson,
Jerry F. Noble, Laura Palmer Noone, John R. Norton III, John G.
Sperling, and Peter V. Sperling. An independent committee of the
Board of Directors of the Company (Special
Committee) was appointed and authorized to determine
whether it is in the Companys best interest to itself
pursue the allegations made on behalf of the Company. Effective
December 8, 2006, in response to an order by the Court on
December 4, 2006, K. Sue Redman, who is not a party to the
case, replaced Hedy F. Govenar on the Special Committee. As of
March 13, 2007, James R. Reis joined the Special Committee
in place of Daniel D. Diethelm. On July 2, 2007, all
defendants and the Company filed Motions to Dismiss the case,
and the Special Committee filed notice of its intent to
terminate the action. On August 1, 2007, the court
appointed as lead plaintiff Louisiana Municipal Police
Employees Retirement System, and lead plaintiff filed a
Second Amended Complaint on August 15, 2007. On
August 17, 2007, the Special Committee filed a Motion to
Terminate the action, based in part upon its conclusion that
pursuit of the claims is not in the Companys best
interest. Discovery and briefing on the Motion to Terminate is
presently expected to be completed by March 2008. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
EEOC v.
UPX
On September 25, 2006, the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) filed a Title VII action
against UPX captioned
Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission v. UPX
,
No. CV-06-2303-PHX-MHM,
in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona on
behalf of four identified individuals and an asserted class of
unidentified individuals who were allegedly discriminated
against because they were not members of the Church of Jesus
Christ of
Latter-day
Saints. The Complaint also alleges that the identified
individuals were retaliated against after complaining about the
alleged discrimination. The EEOC did not serve its Complaint on
UPX until November 21, 2006. UPX answered the Complaint on
December 8, 2006, denying the material allegations
asserted. An initial Scheduling Conference was held on
February 15, 2007. The parties are currently engaged in
discovery. While the outcome of this legal proceeding is
uncertain, management does not expect a material adverse effect
on the Companys business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from this action. In
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Barnett
Derivative Action
On April 24, 2006, Larry Barnett filed a complaint
derivatively on behalf of the Company. The lawsuit was filed in
the Superior Court for the State of Arizona, Maricopa County and
is entitled
Barnett v. John Blair et al
, Case Number
CV2006-051558. On October 10, 2006, plaintiff filed a First
Amended Complaint adding allegations of stock option backdating.
The complaint names as defendants the Company, John M. Blair,
Dino J. DeConcini, Hedy F. Govenar, Kenda Gonzales, Todd Nelson,
Laura Palmer Noone, John Norton, John G. Sperling and Peter V.
Sperling. The First Amended Complaint alleges, among other
things, that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary
duties to the Company and that certain of the individual
defendants were unjustly enriched by their receipt of backdated
stock option grants. The plaintiff seeks, among other things, an
award of unspecified damages and reasonable costs and expenses,
including attorneys fees. On August 21, 2006, the
Company filed a Motion to Stay the case arguing that it is not
in the best interests of the Company to prosecute
plaintiffs purported derivative claims prior to resolution
of the parallel federal securities class action pending against
the Company in federal district court as described under
Securities Class Action. The individual
defendants joined in the Motion to Stay. On
95
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
November 10, 2006, after plaintiff filed the First Amended
Complaint and added allegations of stock option backdating, the
Company filed an Amended Motion to Stay arguing that the action
should be stayed pending resolution of the federal securities
class action and pending the Special Committees
investigation into the allegations of stock option backdating.
Also on November 10, 2006, the Company filed a motion to
sever the claims relating to stock option backdating from the
claims made in the original complaint. On January 29, 2007,
the Court granted the Amended Motion to Stay for a period of six
months. On June 12, 2007 the Court extended the Stay to
November 5, 2007 and set a case management conference for
November 13, 2007. In light of recent developments in the
Securities Class Action, the Company will be moving shortly
to extend the Stay until the Securities Class Action has
concluded. In addition, the plaintiff filed a motion to lift the
stay on August 31, 2007 in order to conduct discovery
related to the Special Committees report regarding alleged
stock option backdating. The Company has opposed this motion.
While the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain,
management does not expect a material adverse effect on the
Companys business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from this action. In
addition, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss
for this action and accordingly has not accrued any liability
associated with this action.
Bamboo
Partners Derivative Action
On August 15, 2006, Bamboo Partners filed a complaint
derivatively on behalf of the Company and UPX. The lawsuit was
filed in the U.S. District Court, District of Arizona and
is entitled Bamboo Partners v. Nelson et al., Case Number
2:06-at-10858. The complaint names as defendants Apollo Group,
Inc., UPX, Todd Nelson, Kenda Gonzales, Daniel Bachus, John G.
Sperling, Peter V. Sperling, Laura Palmer Noone, John M. Blair,
Dino J. DeConcini, Hedy F. Govenar and John Norton III. The
complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants
violated Sections 10(B) of the Exchange Act and committed
numerous breaches of fiduciary duties. The complaint seeks
damages sustained by Apollo and UPX as a result of breaches of
fiduciary duty, abuse of control and waste of corporate assets.
The complaint seeks damages against Laura Palmer Noone for
unjust enrichment. The complaint also seeks attorneys
fees, reasonable costs and disbursements. On November 13,
2006, the Company filed a Motion to Stay the case arguing that
it is not in the best interests of the Company to prosecute
plaintiffs purported derivative claims prior to resolution
of the parallel federal securities class action pending against
the Company in federal district court, as described above under
Securities Class Action. The individual
defendants joined in the Motion to Stay. The court granted the
Companys motion to stay on May 18, 2007. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
Teamsters
Local Union Putative Class Action
On November 2, 2006, the Teamsters Local 617 Pension and
Welfare Funds, filed a class action complaint purporting to
represent a class of shareholders who purchased the
Companys stock between November 28, 2001 and
October 18, 2006. The complaint alleges that the Company
and certain of its current and former directors and officers
violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and
Rule 10b-5
promulgated thereunder by purportedly making misrepresentations
concerning the Companys stock option granting policies and
practices. The defendants are the Company, J. Jorge Klor de
Alva, Daniel E. Bachus, John M. Blair, Dino J. DeConcini, Kenda
B. Gonzales, Hedy F. Govenar, Todd S. Nelson, John R. Norton
III, John G. Sperling, Peter V. Sperling, and Thomas C. Wier.
Plaintiff seeks unstated compensatory damages and other relief.
On January 3, 2007, other shareholders, through their
separate attorneys, filed motions seeking appointment as lead
plaintiff and approval of their designated counsel as lead
counsel to pursue this action. On September 11, 2007, the
court appointed The Pension Trust Fund for Operating
Engineers as lead plaintiff and approved lead plaintiffs
selection of lead counsel and liaison counsel. The Company has
not yet responded to the complaint in this action but intends to
vigorously oppose plaintiffs allegations. While the
outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain, management does
not expect a material adverse effect on the Companys
business, financial position, results of operations, or
96
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
cash flows to result from this action. In addition, the Company
cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and
accordingly has not accrued any liability associated with this
action.
Regulatory
and Other Legal Matters
Student
Financial Aid
All federal financial aid programs are established by the Higher
Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Higher
Education Act has an expiration date; in the past, if Congress
did not reauthorize the Higher Education Act before its
expiration date, Congress extended the authorization of the
Higher Education Act. The Higher Education Act is set to expire
on October 31, 2007.
The Higher Education Act specifies the manner in which the
U.S. Department of Education reviews institutions for
eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV
programs. Every educational institution involved in
Title IV programs must be certified to participate and is
required to periodically renew this certification. UPX was
recertified in June 2003 and its current certification for the
Title IV programs expired in June 2007. However, in March
2007, UPX submitted its Title IV program participation
recertification application to the U.S. Department of
Education. We have been collaborating with the
U.S. Department of Education regarding the UPX
recertification application. Although we have submitted our
application for renewal, we are continuing to supply additional
follow-up
information based on requests from the U.S. Department of
Education. Our eligibility continues on a month-to-month basis
until the U.S. Department of Education issues its decision
on the application. A month-to-month status is not unusual
considering the process is multi-faceted and iterative. We have
no reason to believe that the application will not be renewed
and expect that the renewal process will be completed
satisfactorily. WIU was recertified in October 2003 and its
current certification for the Title IV programs expires in
June 2009.
U.S.
Department of Education Audits
From time to time as part of the normal course of business, UPX
and WIU are subject to periodic program reviews and audits by
regulating bodies. On December 22, 2005, the
U.S. Department of Education, Office of Inspector General
(OIG), issued an audit report on their review of
UPXs policies and procedures for the calculation and
return of Title IV funds. The OIG concluded that UPX had
policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurances that
it properly identified withdrawn students, appropriately
determined whether a return of Title IV funds was required,
returned Title IV funds for withdrawn students in a timely
manner and used appropriate methodologies for most aspects of
calculating the return of Title IV funds. The OIG did
conclude, however, that UPX did not use appropriate
methodologies for calculating the percentage of Title IV
financial aid earned from March 1, 2004 through
December 7, 2004. Since December 8, 2004, UPX has
adopted the methodologies deemed appropriate by the
U.S. Department of Education. On November 3, 2006, the
U.S. Department of Education issued a preliminary audit
determination letter (PADL) concerning UPXs administration
of the Title IV federal student aid programs regarding this
matter. On June 7, 2007, UPX responded to the PADL request
with results of the file review. The U.S. Department of
Education will ultimately issue a final audit determination
letter regarding the return of Title IV funds. UPX has
accrued $3.7 million, which is its best estimate of the
refund liability. While the outcome of the OIG audit proceedings
are on-going, management does not expect a material adverse
effect on our business, financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows to result from these actions.
Department
of Justice Investigation
On June 19, 2006, we received a grand jury subpoena from
the U.S. Attorneys Office for the Southern District
of New York requesting that we provide documents relating to our
stock option grants. We are cooperating fully with this request.
97
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
SEC
Informal Inquiry
On June 30, 2006, we were notified by letter from the SEC
of an informal inquiry and the Commissions request for the
production of documents relating to our stock option grants. On
July 3, 2007, the SEC notified us that it had closed its
inquiry into our stock option grants, without recommending any
enforcement action.
Nasdaq
Proceeding
Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for 2006 and our Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarters ended May 31, 2006, November 30,
2006, and February 28, 2007, were filed with the SEC on
May 22, 2007, and an Amendment to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the quarter ended February 28, 2007, was filed with the
SEC on May 25, 2007. On May 24, 2007, the Nasdaq
Listing and Hearing Review Council determined that we
demonstrated compliance with all Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and
informed us that the Nasdaq delisting matter is now closed and
our Class A Common Stock will continue to be listed on The
Nasdaq Global Select Market.
IRC
Section 162(m)
Certain tax deductions in prior years with respect to
compensation attributable to the exercise of certain stock
options by executive officers may be in question. Under IRC
Section 162(m), the amount of such deduction per covered
executive officer is limited to $1.0 million per year,
except to the extent the compensation qualifies as performance
based. Compensation attributable to options with revised
measurement dates may not have qualified as performance-based
compensation. Accordingly, we may have claimed deductions with
respect to those exercised options that were in excess of the
limit imposed under IRC Section 162(m). As a result, we
have accrued our best estimate, representing the high end of our
estimated potential exposure, with respect to uncertain tax
positions, including interest and penalties for the taxable
years 2003 through 2007 (which are currently our only open years
subject to adjustment for federal tax purposes) of approximately
$44.6 million as of August 31, 2007. For prior periods
where a liability existed and where the statute of limitations
has expired, the accrual relating to that period has been
reversed in the period in which the statute expired.
|
|
Note 16.
|
Segment
Reporting
|
We operate exclusively in the educational industry providing
higher education. Our six operating segments are aggregated into
three reportable segments for financial reporting purposes: UPX,
Other Schools, and Corporate. The Other Schools segment includes
IPD, WIU, CFP, and Insight.
Consistent with SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
(SFAS 131), our reportable segments have been
determined based on the method by which management evaluates
performance and allocates resources. Management evaluates
performance based on reportable segment profit. This measure of
profit includes allocating corporate support costs to each
segment as part of a general allocation, but excludes interest
income and certain revenue and unallocated corporate charges. At
the discretion of management, certain corporate costs are not
allocated to the subsidiaries due to their designation as
special charges because of their infrequency of occurrence, the
non-cash nature of the expense,
and/or
the
determination that the allocation of these costs to the
subsidiaries will not result in an appropriate measure of the
subsidiaries results. These costs include such items as
unscheduled or significant management bonuses, unusual severance
pay, stock-based compensation expense attributed to corporate
management and administrative employees, etc. We changed our
allocation methodology during 2007 with regard to the allocation
of special charges as defined above. These costs were previously
allocated to the subsidiaries. Prior periods have been updated
for the affect in those periods of the change in the allocation
methodology for comparability purposes. The revenue and
corporate charges which are not allocated to UPX or Other
Schools segments are included in the Corporate segment.
98
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The accounting policies of each segment are consistent with
those described in the summary of significant accounting
policies in Note 2. Transactions between segments, which
are not significant, are consummated on a basis intended to
reflect the market value of the underlying services and are
eliminated in consolidation.
Our principal operations are located in the United States, and
the results of operations and long-lived assets in geographic
regions outside of the United States are not significant. During
the years ended August 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, no
individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our
consolidated revenues.
Summary financial information by reportable segment is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other revenue, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
$
|
2,537,815
|
|
|
$
|
2,074,443
|
|
|
$
|
2,014,124
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
184,619
|
|
|
|
402,051
|
|
|
|
235,183
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1,359
|
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
1,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tuition and other revenue, net
|
|
$
|
2,723,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,477,533
|
|
|
$
|
2,251,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
$
|
656,322
|
|
|
$
|
620,708
|
|
|
$
|
636,463
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
36,367
|
|
|
|
69,475
|
|
|
|
70,717
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(66,992
|
)
|
|
|
(40,149
|
)
|
|
|
(9,528
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
625,697
|
|
|
|
650,034
|
|
|
|
697,652
|
|
Reconciling items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income and other, net
|
|
|
31,600
|
|
|
|
18,054
|
|
|
|
16,787
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
$
|
657,297
|
|
|
$
|
668,088
|
|
|
$
|
714,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
$
|
38,539
|
|
|
$
|
40,239
|
|
|
$
|
26,187
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
4,720
|
|
|
|
4,686
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
26,997
|
|
|
|
22,331
|
|
|
|
14,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
71,115
|
|
|
$
|
67,290
|
|
|
$
|
45,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
$
|
41,444
|
|
|
$
|
42,655
|
|
|
$
|
57,823
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
1,415
|
|
|
|
1,497
|
|
|
|
4,211
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
61,692
|
|
|
|
67,088
|
|
|
|
32,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
104,551
|
|
|
$
|
111,240
|
|
|
$
|
94,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UPX
|
|
$
|
1,160,001
|
|
|
$
|
969,500
|
|
Other Schools
|
|
|
125,141
|
|
|
|
161,752
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
693,299
|
|
|
|
680,134
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(528,578
|
)
|
|
|
(528,381
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,449,863
|
|
|
$
|
1,283,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 17.
|
Quarterly
Results of Operations (Unaudited)
|
Seasonality
Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. We
experience, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal
fluctuations in our results of operations as a result of changes
in the level of student enrollments. While we enroll students
throughout the year, second quarter (December through February)
enrollments and related revenues generally are lower than other
quarters due to holiday breaks in December and January. We
experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments in August of
each year when most other colleges and universities begin their
fall semesters.
100
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The unaudited consolidated interim financial information
presented should be read in conjunction with other information
included in our consolidated financial statements. The following
unaudited consolidated financial information reflects all
adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results
of interim periods. The following tables set forth selected
unaudited quarterly financial information for each of our last
eight quarters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Q1
|
|
|
Q2
|
|
|
Q3
|
|
|
Q4
|
|
|
|
November 30
|
|
|
February 28
|
|
|
May 31
|
|
|
August 31
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Quarterly Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other, net
|
|
$
|
667,786
|
|
|
$
|
608,693
|
|
|
$
|
733,392
|
|
|
$
|
713,922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
294,755
|
|
|
|
294,439
|
|
|
|
321,050
|
|
|
|
327,247
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
155,435
|
|
|
|
166,940
|
|
|
|
162,901
|
|
|
|
173,783
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
37,615
|
|
|
|
55,514
|
|
|
|
46,069
|
|
|
|
62,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
487,805
|
|
|
|
516,893
|
|
|
|
530,020
|
|
|
|
563,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
179,981
|
|
|
|
91,800
|
|
|
|
203,372
|
|
|
|
150,544
|
|
Interest income and other, net
|
|
|
6,432
|
|
|
|
6,978
|
|
|
|
8,530
|
|
|
|
9,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
186,413
|
|
|
|
98,778
|
|
|
|
211,902
|
|
|
|
160,204
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
72,539
|
|
|
|
38,440
|
|
|
|
80,464
|
|
|
|
57,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
113,874
|
|
|
$
|
60,338
|
|
|
$
|
131,438
|
|
|
$
|
103,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share attributed to Apollo Group common
stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
173,122
|
|
|
|
173,185
|
|
|
|
173,188
|
|
|
|
169,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
174,521
|
|
|
|
174,624
|
|
|
|
174,620
|
|
|
|
171,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual
income per share due to rounding.
|
101
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Q1
|
|
|
Q2
|
|
|
Q3
|
|
|
Q4
|
|
|
|
November 30
|
|
|
February 28
|
|
|
May 31
|
|
|
August 31
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Quarterly Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuition and other, net
|
|
$
|
628,673
|
|
|
$
|
570,550
|
|
|
$
|
653,397
|
|
|
$
|
624,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
263,805
|
|
|
|
261,833
|
|
|
|
283,711
|
|
|
|
300,235
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
127,972
|
|
|
|
124,246
|
|
|
|
138,195
|
|
|
|
154,293
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
28,633
|
|
|
|
59,768
|
|
|
|
30,415
|
|
|
|
34,188
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
420,410
|
|
|
|
445,847
|
|
|
|
452,321
|
|
|
|
508,921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
208,263
|
|
|
|
124,703
|
|
|
|
201,076
|
|
|
|
115,992
|
|
Interest income and other, net
|
|
|
4,458
|
|
|
|
3,526
|
|
|
|
4,437
|
|
|
|
5,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
212,721
|
|
|
|
128,229
|
|
|
|
205,513
|
|
|
|
121,625
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
84,142
|
|
|
|
49,140
|
|
|
|
74,059
|
|
|
|
45,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
128,579
|
|
|
$
|
79,089
|
|
|
$
|
131,454
|
|
|
$
|
75,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share attributed to Apollo Group common
stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
$
|
0.46
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.71
|
|
|
$
|
0.45
|
|
|
$
|
0.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
178,104
|
|
|
|
173,496
|
|
|
|
172,817
|
|
|
|
172,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
180,641
|
|
|
|
175,435
|
|
|
|
174,453
|
|
|
|
174,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual
income per share due to rounding.
|
|
|
Note 18.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
Changes
in Management
On September 4, 2007, the Apollo Group, Inc. announced the
hiring of P. Robert Moya as Senior Vice President and General
Counsel, effective September 1, 2007. Mr. Moya joins
Apollo Group with more than 35 years of experience in
corporate and securities law, with particular expertise in
corporate governance. He has substantial mergers &
acquisitions transaction experience, including international
transactions, as well as experience with public and private
offerings of equity and debt.
Apollo
Global
On October 22, 2007, we formed a joint venture with The
Carlyle Group (Carlyle), called Apollo Global, Inc.
(Apollo Global) to pursue investments in the
international education services sector. Carlyle, based in
Washington D.C., is one of the worlds largest and most
prestigious private equity firms, managing over $76 billion
in assets for over 1,000 institutional investors, including
several of the largest pension funds in the U.S. Through
Apollo Global, we intend to capitalize on the high global demand
for education services. Apollo Global will provide
102
APOLLO
GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
education services through two primary strategies. First, Apollo
Global will continue to provide our wide range of
U.S. accredited degrees to foreign students outside the
U.S. Second, Apollo Global will provide local education
services, including post-secondary degrees, in the countries it
seeks to enter. These capabilities will be achieved through both
a disciplined acquisition process and organic growth.
Apollo Global will utilize the portfolio of our core
competencies while leveraging Carlyles education industry
and political relationships, and strategic assets across the
global education sector. Combining Carlyles global
footprint with our educational expertise and Apollo
Globals local, in-country expertise will
assist in sourcing acquisitions, facilitate due diligence for
new investment opportunities and enhance the opportunity for
organic growth. Investments by Apollo Global will likely include
a range of structures, including minority investments,
50
/
50
partnerships, and controlling acquisitions.
We have agreed that, within approximately 18 months, all of
our education-related activities directed toward students who
live outside the U.S. and who are not citizens of the
U.S. or members of the U.S. military will be conducted
through Apollo Global. We have agreed to commit up to
$801 million in cash or contributed assets and own 80.1% of
Apollo Global. Carlyle has agreed to commit up to
$199 million in cash or contributed assets and own the
remaining 19.9%. Additionally, conservative amounts of debt will
be employed, as appropriate. The Board of Apollo Global will
consist of seven directors, four of whom will be designated by
us and two of whom will be designated by Carlyle. The seventh
director will be the President of Apollo Global. Additionally,
10 to 15% of the value of the equity will be available to
provide incentives for management of Apollo Global. Apollo
Global will be consolidated in our financial statements.
103
|
|
Item 9
|
Changes
in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
We intend to maintain disclosure controls and procedures
designed to provide reasonable assurance that information
required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act) is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the specified time
periods and accumulated and communicated to management,
including its President (Principal Executive Officer) and CFO,
as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
Management, under the supervision and with the participation of
its President (Principal Executive Officer) and CFO, evaluated
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
or
15d-15(e)
promulgated under the Act), as of the end of the period covered
by this report. Based on that evaluation, management concluded
that, as of that date, our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are certifications of the Companys President (Principal
Executive Officer) and CFO, which are required in accordance
with
Rule 13a-14
of the Act. This Disclosure Controls and Procedures section
includes information concerning managements evaluation of
disclosure control and procedures referred to in those
certifications and, as such, should be read in conjunction with
the certifications of the Companys President (Principal
Executive Officer) and CFO.
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting.
Managements intent is to design this system to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with GAAP in the United States
of America.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that:
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of our assets;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of our management and directors; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on
the financial statements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of
deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such
that there is a reasonable possibility that a material
misstatement of the annual or interim financial statement will
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management
performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2007,
utilizing the criteria described in the Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The objective of this assessment was to
determine whether our internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of August 31, 2007. In its assessment of
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
as of August 31, 2007, management reviewed, among other
things, the internal control deficiencies identified as material
weaknesses in its previous Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting and determined that the previously
identified control deficiencies have been resolved and that our
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
August 31, 2007.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have not been any changes in our internal control over
financial reporting during the quarter ended August 31,
2007, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
104
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Apollo Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Phoenix, Arizona
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of
Apollo Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as
of August 31, 2007, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. The Companys management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, included in Managements Report
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed by, or under the supervision of, the
companys principal executive and principal financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected
by the companys board of directors, management, and other
personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over
financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or
improper management override of controls, material misstatements
due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a
timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the
effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting
to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of August 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of August 31,
2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of
income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended August 31, 2007, of the Company and our report dated
October 29, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those
financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph
regarding the Companys adoption of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
Share-Based
Payment
, on September 1, 2005, as discussed in
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/
DELOITTE &
TOUCHE LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
October 29, 2007
105
|
|
Item 9B
|
Other
Information
|
On October 22, 2007, we entered into a $1 billion
joint venture with The Carlyle Group, a private equity firm,
called Apollo Global. Apollo Global intends to make a range of
investments in the international education services sector.
Apollo Global will target investments and partnerships primarily
in countries outside the United States with attractive
demographic and economic growth characteristics. We have
committed up to $801 million and will own 80.1% of the
joint venture. Carlyle has committed up to $199 million and
will own 19.9% of Apollo Global. Apollo Global will be a
consolidated subsidiary of ours.
|
|
Item 10
|
Directors
and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
Information relating to this item appears in the Information
Statement for Apollo Group, Inc., to be filed within
120 days of our fiscal year end (August 31,
2007) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
Item 11
|
Executive
Compensation
|
Information relating to this item appears in the Information
Statement for Apollo Group, Inc., to be filed within
120 days of our fiscal year end (August 31,
2007) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
Item 12
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
Information relating to this item appears in the Information
Statement for Apollo Group, Inc., to be filed within
120 days of our fiscal year end (August 31,
2007) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
Item 13
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions
|
See Note 13 of our financial statement included in
Part II, Item 8, which is incorporated by reference in
this Part III, Item 13.
Other information relating to this item appears in the
Information Statement for Apollo Group, Inc., to be filed within
120 days of our fiscal year end (August 31,
2007) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
Item 14
|
Principal
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and
Services
|
Information relating to this item appears in the Information
Statement for Apollo Group, Inc., to be filed within
120 days of our fiscal year end (August 31,
2007) and such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
Item 15
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
1. Financial Statements filed as part of this report
106
|
|
|
|
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
Page
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
61
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
62
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income
|
|
|
63
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
64
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
65
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
66
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
67
|
|
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the
required information is not applicable or is not present in
amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or
because the information required is included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
Index
to Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
Form
|
|
File No.
|
|
Number
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement between National Endowment for
Financial Education, (R) College for Financial Planning, Inc.,
as assignee of Apollo Online, Inc., as Buyer, and Apollo Group,
Inc. dated August 21, 1997
|
|
S-3
|
|
No. 333-35465
|
|
10
|
|
September 11, 1997
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Assignment and Amendment of Asset Purchase Agreement between
National Endowment for Financial Education, Inc., the College
for Financial Planning, Inc., Apollo Online, Inc., and Apollo
Group, Inc. dated September 23, 1997
|
|
S-3/A
|
|
No. 333-35465
|
|
10.2
|
|
September 23, 1997
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Apollo Group,
Inc.
|
|
Proxy
Statement
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
Annex B
|
|
August 1, 2000
|
|
3
|
.1a
|
|
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Apollo
Group, Inc.
|
|
8-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
99.1
|
|
June 27, 2007
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Apollo Group, Inc.
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
3.2
|
|
April 10, 2006
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan of Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Plan Amendment to Long-Term Incentive Plan of Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.5
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Savings and Investment Plan of Apollo
Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.4
|
|
January 14, 2002
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Third Amended and Restated 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of
Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.5
|
|
November 14, 2005
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan of Apollo Group,
Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.3
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Plan Amendment to 2000 Stock Incentive Plan of Apollo Group,
Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.4
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
Form
|
|
File No.
|
|
Number
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Board Members of
Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.6
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for Non-Employee Board
Members of Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.7
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award for Officers and Employees of Apollo
Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.8
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for Officers*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.9
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and John G.
Sperling*
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Deferred Compensation Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and
John G. Sperling*
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Shareholder Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc. and holders of
Apollo Group Class B common stock dated September 7,
1994
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.10
|
|
|
|
10
|
.13b
|
|
Amendment to Shareholder Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc. and
holders of Apollo Group Class B common stock dated
May 25, 2001
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.10b
|
|
November 28, 2001
|
|
10
|
.13c
|
|
Amendment to Shareholder Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc. and
holders of Apollo Group Class B common stock dated
May 8, 2007
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.7c
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets of Western
International University dated June 30, 1995 (without
schedules and exhibits)
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.11
|
|
October 27, 1995
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 10, 1995
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.12
|
|
October 25, 1996
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Independent Contractor Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and
Governmental Advocates, Inc. dated June 1, 2006
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.12
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Promissory Note from Hermes Onetouch, L.L.C. dated
December 14, 2001
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.14
|
|
April 12, 2002
|
|
10
|
.17a
|
|
Corrected Promissory Note from Hermes Onetouch, L.L.C. dated
December 14, 2001
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.13a
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Contract for Construction between Apollo Development Corporation
and Sundt Construction, Inc. dated June 18, 2004
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.14
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Separation Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Todd Nelson
dated January 11, 2006
|
|
8-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.1
|
|
January 12, 2006
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Engagement Letter Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and FTI
Consulting, Inc. dated November 14, 2006*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.16
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
Form
|
|
File No.
|
|
Number
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Consulting Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Brian L.
Swartz dated February 13, 2007*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.17
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Gregory W.
Cappelli dated March 31, 2007*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.18
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Stock Option Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Gregory W.
Cappelli dated June 28, 2007*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.10
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Joseph L.
DAmico dated June 5, 2007*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.1
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and
Joseph L. DAmico dated June 5, 2007*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.2
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and P. Robert
Moya dated August 31, 2007*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Joint Venture Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Carlyle
Ventures Partners III, L.P. dated October 22, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Shareholders Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc., Carlyle
Ventures Partners III, L.P. and Apollo Global, Inc. dated
October 22, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc., Carlyle
Ventures Partners III, L.P. and Apollo Global, Inc. dated
October 22, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted, Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted, Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates a management contract or compensation plan.
|
109
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Phoenix, State of Arizona, on
October 24, 2007.
APOLLO GROUP, INC.
An Arizona Corporation
Brian E. Mueller
President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report on
Form 10-K
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
G. Sperling
John
G. Sperling
|
|
Founder, Acting Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brian
E. Mueller
Brian
E. Mueller
|
|
President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gregory
W. Cappelli
Gregory
W. Cappelli
|
|
Executive Vice President Global Strategy and Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Joseph
L. DAmico
Joseph
L. DAmico
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brian
L. Swartz
Brian
L. Swartz
|
|
Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Peter
V. Sperling
Peter
V. Sperling
|
|
Senior Vice President, Secretary and Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dino
J. DeConcini
Dino
J. DeConcini
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ K.
Sue Redman
K.
Sue Redman
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
R. Reis
James
R. Reis
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ George
A. Zimmer
George
A. Zimmer
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roy
A. Herberger
Roy
A. Herberger
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2007
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
Form
|
|
File No.
|
|
Number
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement between National Endowment for
Financial Education, (R) College for Financial Planning, Inc.,
as assignee of Apollo Online, Inc., as Buyer, and Apollo Group,
Inc. dated August 21, 1997
|
|
S-3
|
|
No. 333-35465
|
|
10
|
|
September 11, 1997
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Assignment and Amendment of Asset Purchase Agreement between
National Endowment for Financial Education, Inc., the College
for Financial Planning, Inc., Apollo Online, Inc., and Apollo
Group, Inc. dated September 23, 1997
|
|
S-3/A
|
|
No. 333-35465
|
|
10.2
|
|
September 23, 1997
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Apollo Group,
Inc.
|
|
Proxy
Statement
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
Annex B
|
|
August 1, 2000
|
|
3
|
.1a
|
|
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Apollo
Group, Inc.
|
|
8-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
99.1
|
|
June 27, 2007
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Apollo Group, Inc.
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
3.2
|
|
April 10, 2006
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Plan of Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Plan Amendment to Long-Term Incentive Plan of Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.5
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Savings and Investment Plan of Apollo
Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.4
|
|
January 14, 2002
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Third Amended and Restated 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of
Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.5
|
|
November 14, 2005
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan of Apollo Group,
Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.3
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Plan Amendment to 2000 Stock Incentive Plan of Apollo Group,
Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.4
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Board Members of
Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.6
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for Non-Employee Board
Members of Apollo Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.7
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award for Officers and Employees of Apollo
Group, Inc.*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.8
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for Officers*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.9
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and John G.
Sperling*
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Deferred Compensation Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and
John G. Sperling*
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Shareholder Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc. and holders of
Apollo Group Class B common stock dated September 7,
1994
|
|
S-1
|
|
No. 33-83804
|
|
10.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
Form
|
|
File No.
|
|
Number
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
|
10
|
.13b
|
|
Amendment to Shareholder Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc. and
holders of Apollo Group Class B common stock dated
May 25, 2001
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.10b
|
|
November 28, 2001
|
|
10
|
.13c
|
|
Amendment to Shareholder Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc. and
holders of Apollo Group Class B common stock dated
May 8, 2007
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.7c
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Agreement of Purchase and Sale of Assets of Western
International University dated June 30, 1995 (without
schedules and exhibits)
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.11
|
|
October 27, 1995
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 10, 1995
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.12
|
|
October 25, 1996
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Independent Contractor Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and
Governmental Advocates, Inc. dated June 1, 2006
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.12
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Promissory Note from Hermes Onetouch, L.L.C. dated
December 14, 2001
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.14
|
|
April 12, 2002
|
|
10
|
.17a
|
|
Corrected Promissory Note from Hermes Onetouch, L.L.C. dated
December 14, 2001
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.13a
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Contract for Construction between Apollo Development Corporation
and Sundt Construction, Inc. dated June 18, 2004
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.14
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Separation Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Todd Nelson
dated January 11, 2006
|
|
8-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.1
|
|
January 12, 2006
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Engagement Letter Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and FTI
Consulting, Inc. dated November 14, 2006*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.16
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Consulting Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Brian L.
Swartz dated February 13, 2007*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.17
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Gregory W.
Cappelli dated March 31, 2007*
|
|
10-K
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.18
|
|
May 22, 2007
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Stock Option Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Gregory W.
Cappelli dated June 28, 2007*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.10
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Joseph L.
DAmico dated June 5, 2007*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.1
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and
Joseph L. DAmico dated June 5, 2007*
|
|
10-Q
|
|
No. 000-25232
|
|
10.2
|
|
June 28, 2007
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Employment Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and P. Robert
Moya dated August 31, 2007*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporated by Reference
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
Form
|
|
File No.
|
|
Number
|
|
Filing Date
|
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Joint Venture Agreement between Apollo Group, Inc. and Carlyle
Ventures Partners III, L.P. dated October 22, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Shareholders Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc., Carlyle
Ventures Partners III, L.P. and Apollo Global, Inc. dated
October 22, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc., Carlyle
Ventures Partners III, L.P. and Apollo Global, Inc. dated
October 22, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted, Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted, Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates a management contract or compensation plan.
|
Apollo Education Group, Inc. (NASDAQ:APOL)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jun 2024 to Jul 2024
Apollo Education Group, Inc. (NASDAQ:APOL)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jul 2023 to Jul 2024